-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, G32TGSuB1se1iUD3yafIGMNDcPjVMJCilGwFoBctLhtEg0lUxDxoUbCyb5Uy+Sem PY9Fic8e5xMrUMxdOYPc+Q== 0000927946-05-000041.txt : 20050316 0000927946-05-000041.hdr.sgml : 20050316 20050316145029 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000927946-05-000041 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 21 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20041231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050316 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050316 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000714395 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS [6022] IRS NUMBER: 351547518 STATE OF INCORPORATION: IN FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-15877 FILM NUMBER: 05684927 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 711 MAIN ST STREET 2: P O BOX 810 CITY: JASPER STATE: IN ZIP: 47546 BUSINESS PHONE: 8124821314 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 711 MAIN STREET CITY: JASPER STATE: IN ZIP: 47546 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: GAB BANCORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19950510 10-K 1 gabc10k.htm GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP 10K German American Bancorp 10K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark one)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2004
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from                                                              to                                                            

Commission File Number 0-11244




GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

INDIANA
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

711 Main Street, Box 810, Jasper, Indiana
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
35-1547518
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

47546
(Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (812) 482-1314
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

Common Shares, No Par Value
(Title of Class)
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
(Title of Class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     YES      NO

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES      NO

         The aggregate market value of the registrant's common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common shares were last sold, as of June 30, 2004 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $157,030,000.

         As of March 1, 2005, there were outstanding 10,900,948 common shares, no par value, of the registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of the Proxy Statement of German American Bancorp for the Annual Meeting of its Shareholders to be held April 28, 2005, to the extent stated herein, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

Table of Contents

PART I.    
   Item 1. Business
   Item 2. Properties
   Item 3. Legal Proceedings
   Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
PART II.
   Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   Item 6. Selected Financial Data
   Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 8-26
   Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 26-27
   Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 28-58
   Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 59 
   Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 59 
   Item 9B. Other Information 59 
 
PART III.
   Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 59-60
   Item 11. Executive Compensation 60 
   Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 60-61
   Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 61 
   Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 61 
 
PART IV.
   Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 62 
 
SIGNATURES   63 
INDEX OF EXHIBITS 64-65




2

Information included in or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our other filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and our press releases or other public statements, contain or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Please refer to a discussion of our forward- looking statements and associated risks in “Item 1 – Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PART I

Item 1.  Business.

General

German American Bancorp (“the Company”) is a financial services holding company based in Jasper, Indiana. The Company’s Common Stock is traded on NASDAQ’s National Market System under the symbol GABC. The Company operates five affiliated community banks with 26 retail banking offices in the eight contiguous Southwestern Indiana counties of Daviess, Dubois, Gibson, Knox, Martin, Perry, Pike, and Spencer. The Company also operates a trust, brokerage and financial planning subsidiary, which operates from the banking offices of the bank subsidiaries, and two insurance agencies with five insurance agency offices throughout its market area. The Company’s lines of business include retail and commercial banking, mortgage banking, comprehensive financial planning, full service brokerage and trust administration, title insurance, and a full range of personal and corporate insurance products. Financial and other information by segment is included in Note 16 – Segment Information of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated into this Item 1 by reference. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are derived from customers located in, and substantially all of its assets are located in, the United States.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries are described in the following table:

Name
Type of Business
Principal Office Location
The German American Bank Commercial Bank Jasper, IN
First American Bank Commercial Bank Vincennes, IN
First Title Insurance Company Title Insurance Agency Vincennes, IN
First State Bank, Southwest Indiana Commercial Bank Tell City, IN
Peoples Bank Commercial Bank Washington, IN
Citizens State Bank Commercial Bank Petersburg, IN
German American Insurance, Inc. Multi-Line Insurance Agency Petersburg, IN
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company Trust, Brokerage, Financial Planning Jasper, IN

Competition

The industries in which the Company operates are highly competitive. The Company’s subsidiary banks compete for commercial and retail banking business within its core banking segment not only with financial institutions that have offices in the same counties but also with financial institutions that compete from other locations in Southwest Indiana and elsewhere. The Company’s subsidiaries compete with commercial banks, savings and loan associations, savings banks, credit unions, production credit associations, federal land banks, finance companies, credit card companies, personal loan companies, investment brokerage firms, insurance agencies, insurance companies, lease finance companies, money market funds, mortgage companies, and other non-depository financial intermediaries. Many of these banks and other organizations have substantially greater resources than the Corporation.

Employees

At March 1, 2005 the Company and its subsidiaries employed approximately 372 full-time equivalent employees. There are no collective bargaining agreements, and employee relations are considered to be good.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and is required to file with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) annual reports and such additional information as the FRB may require. The FRB may also make examinations or inspections of the Company. Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its bank subsidiaries and to commit resources to support them even in circumstances where the Company might not do so absent such an FRB policy.

The Company’s five subsidiary banks are under the supervision of and subject to examination by the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Regulation and examination by banking regulatory agencies are primarily for the benefit of depositors rather than shareholders.




3

With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in (or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any company engaged in) nonbanking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities deemed by the FRB to be “closely related to banking.” Under current regulations, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to engage in such banking-related business ventures as consumer finance; equipment leasing; credit life insurance; computer service bureau and software operations; mortgage banking; and securities brokerage.

Under the BHC Act, certain well-managed and well-capitalized bank holding companies may elect to be treated as a “financial holding company” and, as a result, be permitted to engage in a broader range of activities that are “financial in nature” and in activities that are determined to be incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. These activities include underwriting, dealing in and making a market in securities; insurance underwriting and agency activities; and merchant banking. Banks may also engage through financial subsidiaries in certain of the activities permitted for financial holding companies, subject to certain conditions. The Company has not elected to become a financial holding company and none of its subsidiary banks have elected to form financial subsidiaries.

The Company’s banks and their subsidiaries may generally engage in activities that are permissible activities for state chartered banks under Indiana banking law, without regard to the limitations that might apply to such activities under the BHC Act if the Company were to engage directly in such activities.

Indiana law and the BHC Act restrict certain types of expansion by the Company and its bank subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries may be required to apply for prior approval from (or give prior notice and an opportunity for review to) the FRB, the DFI, and/or other bank regulatory or other regulatory agencies, as a condition to the acquisition or establishment of new offices, or the acquisition (by merger or consolidation, purchase or otherwise) of the stock, business or properties of other banks or other companies.

The earnings of commercial banks and their holding companies are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities. In particular, the FRB regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions, primarily through open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, varying the discount rate on bank borrowings, and setting reserve requirements against bank deposits. These policies have a significant influence on overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and affect interest rates charged on loans and earned on investments or paid for time and savings deposits. FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and this is expected to continue in the future. The general effect, if any, of such policies upon the future business and earnings of the Company cannot accurately be predicted.

The Company and its bank subsidiaries are required by law to maintain minimum levels of capital. These required capital levels are expressed in terms of capital ratios, known as the leverage ratio and the capital to risk-based assets ratios. The Company significantly exceeds the minimum required capital levels for each measure of capital adequacy. See Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements that are presented in Item 8 of this report, which Note 9 is incorporated herein by reference.

Also, federal regulations define five categories of financial institutions for purposes of implementing prompt corrective action and supervisory enforcement requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act of 1991. The category to which the most highly capitalized institutions are assigned is termed “well-capitalized.” Institutions falling into this category must have a total risk-based capital ratio (the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (the ratio of Tier 1, or “core”, capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 6%, a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets) of at least 5%, and must not be subject to any written agreement, order or directive from its regulator relative to meeting and maintaining a specific capital level. On December 31, 2004, the Company had a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.83%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 10.63% (based on Tier 1 capital of $78,945,000 and total risk-weighted assets of $742,323,000), and a leverage ratio of 8.50%. The Company and all its affiliate banks meet all of the requirements of the “well-capitalized” category and, accordingly, the Company does not expect these regulations to significantly impact operations.

The Company is a corporation separate and distinct from its bank and other subsidiaries. Most of the Company’s revenues will be received by it in the form of dividends, fees, and interest paid by its bank subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to statutory restrictions on their ability to pay dividends. The FRB possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries that enable it to prevent or remedy actions that in its view may represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability in appropriate cases to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. The FDIC and DFI possess similar enforcement powers over the respective bank subsidiaries of the Company for which they have supervision. The “prompt corrective action” provisions of federal banking law impose further restrictions on the payment of dividends by insured banks which fail to meet specified capital levels and, in some cases, their parent bank holding companies.




4

Internet Address; Internet Availability of SEC Reports.

The Company’s Internet address is www.germanamericanbancorp.com.

The Company makes available, free of charge through the Investors section of its Internet website, its annual report on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, its current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks

The Company from time to time in its oral and written communications makes statements relating to its expectations regarding the future. These types of statements are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements can include statements about the Company’s net interest income or net interest margin; adequacy of allowance for loan losses and the quality of the Company’s loans, investment securities and other assets; simulations of changes in interest rates; litigation results; dividend policy; estimated cost savings, plans and objectives for future operations; and expectations about the Company’s financial and business performance and other business matters as well as economic and market conditions and trends. They often can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “intend,” “project,” “estimate,” “believe” or “anticipate,” or similar expressions.

The Company may include forward-looking statements in filings with the SEC, such as this Form 10-K, in other written materials, and in oral statements made by senior management to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others. It is intended that these forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made.

Readers are cautioned that, by their nature, forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors. Actual results may differ materially from the expectations of the Company that are expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. The discussion in Item 7 of this Form 10-K, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” lists some of the factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. Other risks, uncertainties, and factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement include the unknown future direction of interest rates and the timing and magnitude of any changes in interest rates; the effects of changes in competitive conditions; acquisitions of other businesses by the Company and costs of integrations of such acquired businesses; the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies; changes in customer borrowing, repayment, investment and deposit practices; changes in fiscal, monetary and tax policies; changes in financial and capital markets; changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, resulting in, among other things, credit quality deterioration; the impact, extent and timing of technological changes; capital management activities; actions of the Federal Reserve Board and legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; changes in accounting principles and interpretations; the inherent uncertainties involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings which could result in the Company’s incurring loss or damage regardless of the merits of the Company’s claims or defenses; and the continued availability of earnings and excess capital sufficient for the lawful and prudent declaration and payment of cash dividends. Investors should consider these risks, uncertainties, and other factors in addition to those mentioned by the Company in its other SEC filings from time to time when considering any forward-looking statement.

Item 2.  Properties.

The Company conducts its operations from the main office building of The German American Bank at 711 Main Street, Jasper, Indiana. The main office building contains approximately 23,600 square feet of office space. The Company’s subsidiaries conduct their operations from 30 other locations in Southwest Indiana.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company’s subsidiaries, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is the subject.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

There were no matters submitted during the fourth quarter of 2004 to a vote of security holders, by solicitation of proxies or otherwise.




5

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market and Dividend Information

German American Bancorp’s stock is traded on NASDAQ’s National Market System under the symbol GABC. The quarterly high and low closing prices for the Company’s common stock as reported by NASDAQ and quarterly cash dividends declared and paid are set forth in the table below. All per share data are retroactively restated for all stock dividends.

2004 2003
High Low Cash
Dividend
High Low Cash
Dividend
Fourth Quarter $17.24 $15.95 $0.140 $18.79 $14.81 $0.133
Third Quarter $17.75 $15.75 $0.140 $18.19 $16.21 $0.133
Second Quarter $17.23 $15.80 $0.140 $18.09 $16.48 $0.133
First Quarter $18.02 $16.81 $0.140 $18.55 $16.91 $0.133


      $0.560     $0.532


The Common Stock was held of record by approximately 3,803 shareholders at March 1, 2005.

Cash dividends paid to the Company’s shareholders are primarily funded from dividends received by the Company from its subsidiaries. The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend upon the earnings and financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries, general economic conditions, compliance with regulatory requirements, and other factors.

Transfer Agent: UMB Bank, N.A.
Securities Transfer Division
P.O. Box 410064
Kansas City, MO 64141-0064
Contact: Shareholder Relations
(800) 884-4225

Shareholder
Information and
Corporate Office:
Terri A. Eckerle
German American Bancorp
P. O. Box 810
Jasper, Indiana 47547-0810
(812) 482-1314
(800) 482-1314

Stock Repurchase Program Information

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s purchases of its common shares during each of the three months ended December 31, 2004.

Period
Total
Number
Of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased

Average Price
Paid Per Share
(or Unit)

Total Number of Shares
(or Units) Purchases as Part
of Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs

Maximum Number
(or Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or Units)
that May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs
(1)

October 2004 --- --- --- 355,789 
November 2004 --- --- --- 355,789 
December 2004 --- --- --- 355,789 

(1)  On April 26, 2001, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program for up to 607,754 of its outstanding common shares, of which the Company had purchased 251,965 common shares through December 31, 2004. The Board of Directors established no expiration date for this program.




6

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

The following selected data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included in Item 8 of this report, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this report (Dollars in thousands except per share data).

2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
Summary of Operations:                        
Interest Income   $ 47,710   $ 50,619   $ 60,494   $ 71,069   $ 79,319  
Interest Expense    16,471    21,084    28,492    38,917    45,646  





    Net Interest Income    31,239    29,535    32,002    32,152    33,673  
Provision for Loan Losses    2,015    811    1,115    660    2,231  





Net Interest Income after Provision  
    For Loan Losses    29,224    28,724    30,887    31,492    31,442  
Non-interest Income    9,620 (1)  12,934    9,509    9,772    2,543 (4)
Non-interest Expense    30,609    32,219 (2)  28,967    29,308    28,238  





Income before Income Taxes    8,235    9,439    11,429    11,956    5,747  
Income Tax Expense    996    1,271    1,987    2,763    459  





Net Income   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442   $ 9,193   $ 5,288  






Year-end Balances:  
Total Assets   $ 942,094   $ 925,946   $ 957,005   $ 1,015,111   $ 1,079,808  
Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income    629,793    611,866    610,741    657,166    709,744 (4)
Total Deposits    750,383    717,133    707,194    726,874    735,570  
Total Long-term Debt    69,941    76,880 (2)  121,687    156,726    182,370  
Total Shareholders' Equity    83,669    83,126 (3)  104,519    102,209    97,260  

Average Balances:  
Total Assets   $ 927,528   $ 938,992   $ 1,000,167   $ 1,014,917   $ 1,070,093  
Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income    622,240    618,340    644,990    704,562    766,533 (4)
Total Deposits    731,467    711,310    718,763    718,160    749,235  
Total Shareholders' Equity    82,558    87,703 (3)  103,301    100,232    95,788  

Per Share Data(5):  
Net Income   $ 0.66   $ 0.73 (3) $ 0.79   $ 0.76   $ 0.44  
Cash Dividends    0.56    0.53    0.51    0.48    0.45  
Book Value at Year-end    7.68    7.60 (3)  8.72    8.44    8.05  

Other Data at Year-end:  
Number of Shareholders    3,219    3,198    3,299    3,314    3,208  
Number of Employees    372    383    390    422    405  
Weighted Average Number of Shares(5)    10,914,622    11,176,766 (3)  12,007,009    12,093,160    12,074,628  

Selected Performance Ratios:  
Return on Assets    0.78 %  0.87 %  0.94 %  0.91 %  0.49 %
Return on Equity    8.77 %  9.31 %(3)  9.14 %  9.17 %  5.52 %
Equity to Assets    8.88 %  8.98 %(3)  10.92 %  10.07 %  9.01 %
Dividend Payout    84.46 %  73.26 %  64.99 %  63.98 %  98.54 %
Net Charge-offs to Average Loans    0.24 %  0.14 %  0.19 %  0.22 %  0.27 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans    1.40 %  1.35 %  1.36 %  1.27 %  1.31 %
Net Interest Margin    3.86 %  3.61 %  3.67 %  3.61 %  3.57 %

(1)
In 2004, the Company recognized a $3.7 million non-cash pre-tax charge (which reduced Non-interest Income) for the other-than-temporary decline in value of its FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock portfolio.
(2)
In 2003, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of FHLB borrowings within its mortgage banking segment. The prepayment fees associated with the extinguishment of these borrowings totaled $1.9 million.
(3)
In March 2003, the Company purchased 1,110,444 (approximately 9% of the number of shares that were then outstanding) of its common shares at $19.05 per share pursuant to a self tender offer at a total cost, including fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer, of approximately $21.4 million.
(4)
In 2000, the Company reclassified $69.8 million of sub-prime, out-of-market residential mortgage loans as held-for-sale. The difference between book value and market value resulted in a $5.2 million allowance for market loss on loans held-for-sale.
(5)
Share and Per Share Data has been retroactively adjusted to give effect for stock dividends and excludes the dilutive effect of stock options.



7

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

INTRODUCTION


German American Bancorp (“the Company”) is a financial services holding company based in Jasper, Indiana. The Company’s Common Stock is traded on NASDAQ’s National Market System under the symbol GABC. The Company operates five affiliated community banks with 26 retail banking offices in the eight contiguous Southwestern Indiana counties of Daviess, Dubois, Gibson, Knox, Martin, Perry, Pike, and Spencer. The Company also operates a trust, brokerage and financial planning subsidiary which operates from the offices of the bank subsidiaries, and two insurance agencies with five agency offices throughout its market area. The Company’s lines of business include retail and commercial banking, mortgage banking, comprehensive financial planning, full service brokerage and trust administration, title insurance, and a full range of personal and corporate insurance products.

The information in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis is presented as an analysis of the major components of the Company’s operations for the years 2002 through 2004 and its financial condition as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. This information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes contained elsewhere in this report, and with the description of business included in Item 1 of this Report (including the cautionary disclosure regarding “Forward Looking Statements and Associated Risks”). Financial and other information by segment is included in Note 16 – Segment Information of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated into this Item 7 by reference.

MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

The Company’s performance in 2004 was overshadowed somewhat by the recording in the fourth quarter of 2004 a non-cash, other-than-temporary impairment charge of approximately $2.4 million after-tax, or $0.23 per share, related to certain investments in Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) preferred stock. Public disclosures regarding accounting practices at FNMA and a multi-billion dollar FNMA preferred stock issuance with a substantially different structure and higher yield than previous offerings had a detrimental effect on the fair value of both the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings. As a result of these factors and the magnitude and length of time the market value had been below cost, management could not forecast full recovery of the fair values in a reasonable time period and concluded that the preferred stock was other than temporarily impaired. Accordingly, the other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the income statement as an investment securities loss. The Company’s net income, inclusive of the impairment charge, for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $7,239,000, or $0.66 per share, compared with 2003 net income of $8,168,000, or $0.73 per share. Exclusive of the impairment charge, 2004 earnings would have been $9,669,000, or $0.89 per share.

As is the case for many banking organizations, the Company’s largest source of revenue has historically been, and continues to be, derived from the spread earned between its interest income and interest expense. As discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this discussion, improvements in the Company’s interest spread contributed to increased net interest income during 2004 compared to 2003. This improvement reversed a five-year trend of declines in net interest income.

In recent years, management has taken steps to enhance and grow its sources of non-interest-related revenue (such as insurance, trust administration, securities brokerage and financial planning) in an effort to reduce the Company’s dependency on its net interest income and net interest spread. The positive trends in growth in trust and investment product fees and in insurance revenues, (principally attributable to insurance acquisitions during 2003), continued in 2004. Management expects that these non-interest-related revenue sources will continue to significantly enhance its financial performance in the coming years.

The Company also has devoted increased emphasis in recent years to expanding its offering of loans and other products and services to business customers. Measured on an average basis, commercial/agricultural loans grew by approximately 10% in 2004, the seventh consecutive year of growth within this component of the Company’s balance sheet. The heightened management efforts to grow this component of the Company’ customer base is directly attributable to management’s belief that business customers, particularly small business customers, will value the Company’s approach of providing a combination of highly qualified professional financial advisors, local decision-making, and customer-focused products and services.

Management has continued to endeavor to improve the Company’s operating efficiency through enhanced employee productivity and the control of operating expenses, as evidenced by the three-year trend in the reduction in the number of full-time equivalent employees. The Company’s total operating expenses (exclusive of the 2003 net loss on extinguishment of borrowings) in 2004 increased modestly over those of 2003, mostly due to costs associated with compliance with requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

In summary, management in 2005 expects to continue to reduce the Company’s reliance upon net interest income by increasing its emphasis on products and services that generate fees and commissions. Management also seeks to enhance the Company’s financial performance by increasing its offering of loans and other products and services to business customers, and operating more efficiently.




8

The statements of management’s expectations and goals concerning the Company’s future operations and performance that are set forth in this Management Overview and in other sections of this Item 7 are forward-looking statements, and readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors. Actual results may differ materially from the expectations of the Company that are expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. The following discussion, as well as the discussion in Item 1 of this Form 10-K (“Business”) entitled “Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks” (which discussion is incorporated in this Item 7 by reference) lists some of the factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed or implied by any such forward-looking statements.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES


The financial condition and results of operations for German American Bancorp presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements, accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and selected financial data appearing elsewhere within this report, are, to a large degree, dependent upon the Company’s accounting policies. The selection of and application of these policies involve estimates, judgments and uncertainties that are subject to change. The critical accounting policies and estimates that the Company has determined to be the most susceptible to change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights, the valuation of securities available for sale, and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and loss contingencies related to exposure from tax examinations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to cover probable incurred credit losses at the balance sheet date. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the necessary allowance balance. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary. The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company’s control.

The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The determination of the allowance is inherently subjective, as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on other classified loans and pools of homogeneous loans, and consideration of past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance consists of two components of allocations, specific and general. These two components represent the total allowance for loan losses deemed adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

Commercial, agricultural and poultry loans are subject to a standardized grading process administered by an internal loan review function. The need for specific reserves is considered for credits when graded substandard or special mention, or when: (a) the customer’s cash flow or net worth appears insufficient to repay the loan; (b) the loan has been criticized in a regulatory examination; (c) the loan is on non-accrual; or, (d) other reasons where the ultimate collectibility of the loan is in question, or the loan characteristics require special monitoring. Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to an individual credit that we believe indicates the loan is impaired. Specific allocations on impaired loans are determined by comparing the loan balance to the present value of expected cash flows or expected collateral proceeds. Allocations are also applied to categories of loans not considered individually impaired but for which the rate of loss is expected to be greater than historical averages, including those graded substandard or special mention and non-performing consumer or residential real estate loans. Such allocations are based on past loss experience and information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values.

General allocations are made for other pools of loans, including non-classified loans, homogeneous portfolios of consumer and residential real estate loans, and loans within certain industry categories believed to present unique risk of loss. General allocations of the allowance are primarily made based on a five-year historical average for loan losses for these portfolios, judgmentally adjusted for economic factors and portfolio trends.

Due to the imprecise nature of estimating the allowance for loan losses, the Company’s allowance for loan losses includes a minor unallocated component. The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses incorporates the Company’s judgmental determination of inherent losses that may not be fully reflected in other allocations, including factors such as economic uncertainties, lending staff quality, industry trends impacting specific portfolio segments, and broad portfolio quality trends. Therefore, the ratio of allocated to unallocated components within the total allowance may fluctuate from period to period.




9

Mortgage Servicing Rights Valuation

Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are recognized and included with other assets for the allocated value of retained servicing rights on loans sold. Servicing rights are expensed in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the rights, using groupings of the underlying loans as to type and age. Fair value is determined based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions.

To determine the fair value of MSRs, the Company uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which include estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, late fees, and float income. The Company periodically validates its valuation model by obtaining an independent valuation of its MSRs.

The most significant assumption used to value MSRs is prepayment rate. In general, during periods of declining interest rates, the value of MSRs decline due to increasing prepayment speeds attributable to increased mortgage refinancing activity. Prepayment rates are estimated based on published industry consensus prepayment rates. Prepayments will increase or decrease in correlation with market interest rates, and actual prepayments generally differ from initial estimates. If actual prepayment rates are different than originally estimated, the Company may receive less mortgage servicing income, which could reduce the value of the MSRs. Other assumptions used in estimating the fair value of MSRs do not generally fluctuate to the same degree as prepayment rates, and therefore the fair value of MSRs is less sensitive to changes in these other assumptions.

On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the possible impairment of MSRs based on the difference between the carrying amount and the current fair value of MSRs. For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment, the Company stratifies its portfolios on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and age. If temporary impairment exists, a valuation allowance is established for any excess of amortized cost over the current fair value, by risk stratification, through a charge to income. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a particular strata, a reduction of the valuation allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

The Company annually reviews MSRs for other-than-temporary impairment and recognizes a direct write-down when the recoverability of a recorded valuation allowance is determined to be remote. In determining whether other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the Company considers both historical and projected trends in interest rates, prepayment activity within the strata, and the potential for impairment recovery through interest rate increases. Unlike a valuation allowance, a direct-write down permanently reduces the carrying value of the MSRs and the valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries.

As of December 31, 2004 the Company analyzed the sensitivity of its MSRs to changes in prepayment rates. In estimating the changes in prepayment rates, market interest rates were assumed to be increased and decreased by 1.0%. At December 31, 2004 the Company’s MSRs had a fair value of $2,695,000 using a weighted average prepayment rate of 19%. Assuming a 1.0% increase in market interest rates the estimated fair value of MSRs would be $3,507,000 with a weighted average prepayment rate of 11%. Assuming a 1.0% decline in market interest rates the estimated fair value of MSRs would be $1,383,000 with a weighted average prepayment rate of 52%.

Securities Available-for-Sale

Securities classified as available-for-sale are securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily until maturity. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported separately in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The Company obtains market values from a third party on a monthly basis in order to adjust the securities to fair value. Additionally, securities available-for-sale are required to be written down to fair value when a decline in fair value is other than temporary; therefore, future changes in the fair value of securities could have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. In determining whether a market value decline is other than temporary, management considers the reason for the decline, the extent of the decline and the duration of the decline. As of December 31, 2004, unrealized gains on the securities available-for-sale portfolio totaled approximately $543,000. This total is a net of unrealized gains on certain segments of the securities available-for-sale portfolio and unrealized losses on other segments of the portfolio.




10

In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recognized a $3.68 million non-cash pre-tax charge for the other-than-temporary decline in value on its FHLMC and FNMA floating rate preferred stock portfolio. The Company accounts for these securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, which requires that if the decline in fair market value below cost is determined to be other-than-temporary, the unrealized loss must be recognized as expense in the income statement. During the quarter ended December 31, 2004, public disclosures regarding accounting practices at FNMA and a multi-billion dollar FNMA preferred stock issuance with a substantially different structure and higher yield than previous offerings had a detrimental effect on the fair value of both the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings. In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, management in January 2005 concluded, as a result of the factors identified in the preceding sentence and the magnitude and length of time the market value had been below cost, that management could not forecast full recovery of the fair values of these securities in a reasonable time period. Accordingly, management determined to recognize the other-than-temporary impairment in the income statement for the fourth quarter of 2004 as an investment securities loss.

Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments,” contains guidance regarding other-than-temporary impairment on securities that was to take effect for the quarter ended September 30, 2004. However, the effective date of portions of this guidance has been delayed, and more interpretive guidance is expected to be issued in the future. The effect of this new and pending guidance on the Company’s financial statements is not known, but it is possible this guidance could change management’s assessment of other-than-temporary impairment in future periods.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense involves estimates related to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and loss contingencies related to exposure from tax examinations.

A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to the amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers the likelihood that sufficient taxable income of appropriate character will be generated within carryback and carryforward periods, including consideration of available tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has a deferred tax asset of $3.3 million representing various tax credit carryforwards. Based on the long carryforward periods available, management has assessed it more likely than not that these credits will be realized and no valuation allowance has been established on this asset. At December 31, 2004, the Company also has a deferred tax asset representing unrealized capital losses on equity securities. Should these capital losses be realized, management believes the Company has the ability to generate sufficient capital gains to realize the tax benefit of the capital losses during the available carryforward period, including the use of tax planning strategies related to mortgage servicing rights, appreciated securities and appreciated FHLB stock. As a result, no valuation allowance has been established on this asset.

Loss contingencies, including assessments arising from tax examinations and tax strategies, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. In considering the likelihood of loss, management considers the nature of the contingency, the progress of any examination or related protest or appeal, the opinions of legal counsel and other advisors, experience of the Company or other enterprises in similar matters, if any, and management’s intended response to any assessment. As discussed more fully in “Provision for Income Taxes”, as well as Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, an audit of the Company by the Indiana Department of Revenue is pending and an assessment may result. Based on the preliminary stage of this possible assessment, management’s evaluation, after consultation with counsel, of the merits of the possible assessment, and management’s intent to protest any assessment and defend its position, management has concluded that a loss is not probable at this time and no liability has been recorded at December 31, 2004.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


NET INCOME

Net income declined $929,000 or 11% to $7,239,000 or $0.66 per share in 2004 compared to $8,168,000 or $0.73 per share during 2003. The earnings decline was directly attributable to a $2,430,000 after tax, or $0.23 per share, other-than-temporary impairment charge on the Company’s portfolio of FHLMC and FNMA preferred stocks. Excluding the effect of this other-than-temporary impairment charge, net income for 2004 would have been $9,669,000 or $0.89 per share. In comparing reported earnings for 2004 to 2003, the impairment charge was mitigated to some degree by increased net interest income, increased trust and investment product fees and insurance fees, and no net loss on the extinguishment of borrowings during 2004. Also contributing to the lower level of earnings in 2004 compared with 2003 was a decline in mortgage loan originations and subsequent sales of mortgage loans and an increased provision for loan losses.

In 2003, the Company earned net income of $8,168,000 or $0.73 per share. Earnings for 2003 declined by approximately 13% from the $9,442,000 and approximately 8% from the $0.79 per share reported for 2002. A lower number of shares outstanding resulting from a tender offer completed in March 2003 produced the lower percentage decline in earnings per share than that experienced in net income. The lower level of earnings during 2003 compared to 2002 was attributable principally to a decline in net interest income of $2,467,000 and a net loss of $1,898,000 incurred with the prepayment of $40.0 million of FHLB borrowings. These significant factors were partially offset by double-digit percentage increases in each category of non-interest income which totaled $3,425,000.




11

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income is the Company’s single largest source of earnings, and represents the difference between interest and fees realized on earning assets, less interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Several factors contribute to the determination of net interest income and net interest margin, including the volume and mix of earning assets, interest rates, and income taxes. Many factors affecting net interest income are subject to control by management policies and actions. Factors beyond the control of management include the general level of credit and deposit demand, Federal Reserve Board monetary policy, and changes in tax laws.

Net interest income increased during 2004 by $1,704,000 or 6% ($1,336,000 or 4% on a tax equivalent basis) compared to 2003. Net interest margin is tax equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. For 2004, the net interest margin increased to 3.86% compared with 3.61% in 2003.

The Company’s increase in net interest income in 2004 compared with 2003 was largely attributable to the increased net interest margin that has been largely driven by a decline in the Company’s cost of funds. The Company’s cost of funds has been reduced due to a number of factors including the historically low level of interest rates during 2003 and 2004 and the change in the mix of the deposit base to a higher dependence on non-maturity deposits and less dependence on time deposits. Also contributing to the lower cost of funds during 2004 was the repayment of higher costing FHLB advances during 2003 in the Company’s mortgage banking segment.

In the second quarter of 2003, the Company’s mortgage banking segment repaid a maturing FHLB advance in the amount of $10.0 million with a rate of 7.27%. Late in the third quarter of 2003, the mortgage banking segment prepaid $20.0 million of FHLB advances with an average rate of 5.99%. These advances had stated maturities in the third quarter of 2004. Late in the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company’s mortgage banking segment prepaid an additional $20.0 million of FHLB advances with an average rate of 6.19%. These advances had stated maturities in the first quarter of 2005. During 2003, these advances were carried at negative interest rate spreads ranging from approximately 3% to 5% compared to the short-term investments that had been internally matched to the contractual repayment of these advances. The extinguishment of these borrowings positively impacted the net interest margin and net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with the year ended December 31, 2003.

As illustrated in Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this Report, the Company’s core banking segment net interest income increased $995,000 in 2004 compared with 2003. The increase in the core banking segment was largely attributable to an increased level of earning assets driven by commercial loan growth and a stable net interest margin. The core banking segment’s net interest margin was able to remain stable due primarily to the decline in its cost of funds. Net interest income increased $873,000 during 2004 compared with 2003 in the Company’s mortgage banking segment primarily due to the repayment of the aforementioned FHLB borrowings.

Total average earning assets declined by $21.6 million during 2004 compared with 2003 primarily due to the repayment of FHLB advances within the mortgage banking segment during 2003. Average total loans remained relatively stable, increasing $3.9 million in 2004 compared with 2003. While total loans have remained relatively stable, the loan portfolio composition has changed. Average commercial loans increased $35.2 million or 10% in 2004 compared with 2003. Mitigating to a large degree the growth in the commercial loan portfolio has been the continued decline in the average residential mortgage loan portfolio. Average residential mortgage loans declined $34.9 million or 25% during the year ended 2004 compared with 2003.

Net interest income declined during 2003 by $2,467,000 or 8% ($2,777,000 or 8% on a tax equivalent basis) compared with 2002. Net interest margin is tax equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. For 2003, the net interest margin declined to 3.61% compared with 3.67% for 2002.

The Company’s net interest income was adversely impacted by the historically low levels of interest rates during 2003. The historically low interest rate environment resulted in a decline in overall earning asset yields including both the loan and securities portfolios. The decline in interest rates through most of the first three quarters of 2003 resulted in increased prepayment speeds in the Company’s mortgage-related securities portfolio, causing increased purchase premium amortization within that portfolio and thereby driving yields lower. In addition, due to the low level of interest rates, the Company was unable to reinvest the proceeds of the mortgage-related securities repayments and cash flows from securities issued by state and local subdivisions at comparable yields. The low level of interest rates also caused downward pressure on the yield in the Company’s loan portfolio. The Company’s cost of funds was lowered significantly but not sufficiently to mitigate the decline in earning asset yield.




12

Earning assets also declined during 2003 compared with 2002 and was largely attributable to a decreased residential mortgage loan portfolio and the repayment of FHLB advances within the mortgage banking segment. The decline in interest earning assets was also attributable, to a lesser degree, to the self tender offer discussed in Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this Report and the purchase of Company Owned Life Insurance (COLI) during mid-2003.

The reduction in loans during 2003 compared with 2002 was attributable to the refinance activity in the residential loan industry that resulted from historically low interest rates and the Company’s continued sale of a majority of residential loan production in the secondary markets. Overall, the average loan portfolio declined by $26.7 million or approximately 4% during 2003 compared with 2002. Average residential mortgage loans declined $63.5 million or 31% during 2003. Partially mitigating the decline in average residential mortgage loans was growth in the commercial loan portfolio. Average commercial loans increased by $40.4 million or 13% during 2003 compared with 2002.

The following table summarizes net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) for each of the past three years. For tax-equivalent adjustments, an effective tax rate of 34% was used for all years presented (1).




13

Average Balance Sheet
(Tax-equivalent basis / dollars in thousands)


Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2004
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2003
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2002
 
Principal
Balance
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Rate
Principal
Balance
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Rate
Principal
Balance
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Rate
ASSETS                                        
Federal Funds Sold and Other  
   Short-term Investments   $ 10,635   $ 129    1 .21% $25,007   $ 270    1 .08% 45,531   $ 754    1 .66%
 
Securities:  
   Taxable    157,021    5,455    3 .34%  154,946    5,023    3 .24%  155,784    7,144    4 .59%
   Non-taxable    62,309    4,347    7 .31%  75,507    5,371    7 .11%  87,380    6,248    7 .15%
Total Loans and Leases(2)    622,240    39,407    6 .33%  618,340    41,951    6 .78%  644,990    48,654    7 .54%


 

 

 
 
TOTAL INTEREST
   EARNING ASSETS
    852,205    49,338    5 .79%  873,800    52,615    6 .02%  933,685    62,800    6 .73%


 

 

 
Other Assets    83,960          73,670      74,786
Less: Allowance for Loan Losses    (8,637 )          (8,478 )          (8,304 )        

 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 927,528           $ 938,992           $ 1,000,167          

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND
   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  
Interest-Bearing Demand Deposits   $ 121,173   $557  0 .46% $110,544 $612    0 .55% $99,781   $ 775    0 .78%
Savings Deposits    163,272    1,188    0 .73%  142,198    1,149    0 .81%  143,318    1,941    1 .35%
Time Deposits    330,898    10,002    3 .02%  354,703    12,236    3 .45%  380,249    15,960    4 .20%
FHLB Advances and  
   Other Borrowings    101,067    4,724    4 .67%  130,165    7,087    5 .44%  165,247    9,816    5 .94%


 

 

 
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING
   LIABILITIES
    716,410    16,471    2 .30%  737,610    21,084    2 .86%  788,595    28,492    3 .61%


 

 

 
Demand Deposit Accounts    116,124            103,865            95,415          
Other Liabilities    12,436            9,814            12,856          

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES    844,970            851,289            896,866          

 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity    82,558            87,703            103,301          

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   $ 927,528           $ 938,992           $ 1,000,167          

 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME       $ 32,867           $ 31,531           $34,308      

 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST MARGIN            3 .86%          3 .61%          3 .67%

(1) Effective tax rates were determined as though interest earned on the Company's investments in municipal bonds and loans was fully taxable.

(2) Loans held-for-sale and non-accruing loans have been included in average loans. Interest income on loans includes loan fees of $1,442, $1,340, and $1,184 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.




14

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated a summary of the changes in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates:

Net Interest Income - Rate/Volume Analysis:
(Tax-Equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)

2004 compared to 2003
Increase/(Decrease) Due to(1)

2003 compared to 2002
Increase/(Decrease) Due to (1)

Volume
Rate
Net
Volume
Rate
Net
 
Interest Income:                            
Federal Funds Sold and Other  
       Short-term Investments   $ (171 ) $ 30   $ (141 ) $ (273 ) $ (211 ) $ (484 )
   Taxable Securities    68    364    432    (38 )  (2,083 )  (2,121 )
   Nontaxable Securities    (923 )  (101 )  (1,024 )  (845 )  (32 )  (877 )
   Loans and Leases    263    (2,807 )  (2,544 )  (1,951 )  (4,752 )  (6,703 )






Total Interest Income    (763 )  (2,514 )  (3,277 )  (3,107 )  (7,078 )  (10,185 )






 
Interest Expense:  
   Savings and Interest-bearing Demand    207    (223 )  (16 )  104    (1,059 )  (955 )
   Time Deposits    (785 )  (1,449 )  (2,234 )  (1,020 )  (2,704 )  (3,724 )
   FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings    (1,447 )  (916 )  (2,363 )  (1,959 )  (770 )  (2,729 )






Total Interest Expense    (2,025 )  (2,588 )  (4,613 )  (2,875 )  (4,533 )  (7,408 )






 
Net Interest Income   $ 1,262   $ 74   $ 1,336   $ (232 ) $ (2,545 ) $ (2,777 )






(1)  The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

See the Company’s Average Balance Sheet and the discussions headed USES OF FUNDS, SOURCES OF FUNDS, AND LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT for further information on the Company’s net interest income, net interest margin, and interest rate sensitivity position.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company provides for loan losses through regular provisions to the allowance for loan losses. The provision is affected by net charge-offs on loans and changes in specific and general allocations required on the allowance. Provisions for loan losses totaled $2,015,000, $811,000, and $1,115,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The provision increased by $1,204,000 during 2004 compared with 2003. The Company’s allowance for loan losses and subsequent provisions for loan losses are typically analyzed at the individual affiliate bank level, the segment level, and finally at the consolidated level. During 2004, the core banking segment’s provisions for loan loss totaled $2,250,000 while the mortgage banking segment totaled a negative $235,000 provision for loan loss. These totals compare to a provision of $1,352,000 for the core banking segment in 2003 and a negative provision of $541,000 for the mortgage banking segment in 2003. During 2002, the core banking segment’s provision for loan loss totaled $1,365,000 while the mortgage banking segment totaled a negative $250,000 provision for loan loss.

The increase in provision for loan losses within the core banking segment during 2004 was largely attributable to the continued change in the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio toward a greater concentration in commercial and agricultural loans and less concentration in residential mortgage loans. Also contributing to the increased provision for loan losses has been an increase in specific allocations on internally classified loans and an overall higher level of net charge-offs during 2004.

The negative provision for loan losses in 2004, 2003, and 2002 within the mortgage banking segment has been driven by a declining level of portfolio residential real estate loans held by the mortgage banking segment. This decline has been due in large part to significant refinancing activity within the residential loan portfolio during 2002 and 2003 due to a historically low interest rate environment during those periods. Also contributing to the decline in the mortgage banking segment’s residential loan portfolio has been the Company’s operating strategy to sell fixed rate residential real estate loans into the secondary market rather than to rebuild the mortgage banking segment’s residential real estate portfolio.

These provisions were made at a level deemed necessary by management to absorb estimated, probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. A detailed evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is completed quarterly by management, the results of which are used to determine provisions for loan losses. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Refer also to the section entitled CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES and LENDING AND LOAN ADMINISTRATION for further discussion of the provision and allowance for loan losses.




15

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Non-interest income for 2004 was $9,620,000, a decline of $3,314,000 or 26%, as compared to $12,934,000 in 2003. The decline was predominantly attributable to an other-than-temporary impairment charge on the Company’s FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock portfolio recognized in the fourth quarter of 2004. Excluding the effect of this other-than-temporary charge of $3,682,000, non-interest income for 2004 would have been $13,302,000, an increase of $368,000 or 3% over that recorded in 2003. Non-interest income increased $3,425,000 or 36% when comparing 2003 to 2002. All categories of non-interest income increased by double-digit percentages in 2003.

Non-interest Income (dollars in thousands) % Change From
Prior Year
2004
2003
2002
2004
2003
Trust and Investment Product Fees     $ 2,046   $ 1,627   $ 1,419     26 %   15 %
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts    3,537    3,391    2,574    4    32  
Insurance Revenues    4,666    3,692    2,818    26    31  
Other Operating Income    2,074    1,556    1,056    33    47  



    Subtotal    12,323    10,266    7,867    20    30  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans and Related Assets    975    2,588    1,625    (62 )  59  
Net Gain / (Loss) on Securities    (3,678 )  80    17    n/m (1)  371  



    TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME   $ 9,620   $ 12,934   $ 9,509    (26 )  36  



(1)  n/m = not meaningful

In 2004, Trust and Investment Product Fees increased $419,000 or 26% following an increase of $208,000 or 15% in 2003. The increase in fees over the past two years was primarily attributable to increased production from German American Financial Advisors (GAFA). GAFA was formed mid-year 2002 to provide expanded financial planning, full service brokerage, trust administration and other financial services.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts increased 4% and 32% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. These increases were primarily attributable to the introduction of an overdraft protection service program during the second quarter of 2003.

Insurance Revenues increased 26% and 31% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increased Insurance Revenues were primarily the result of insurance agency acquisitions completed in late 2002 and in September 2003. To a lesser degree, internal growth within the Company’s existing property and casualty insurance operations also contributed to the increase. The most significant insurance agency acquisitions were completed September 2, 2003. On that date, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets, net of certain assumed liabilities, of two property and casualty insurance agencies, Hoosierland Agency based in Jasper, Indiana and Stafford-Williams Agency based in Washington, Indiana. These acquisitions significantly impacted the Company’s insurance revenues during 2004 and 2003. For more information on the business combination, see Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

For the year ended 2004, Other Operating Income increased 33%. The increase was partially attributable to an increase in the cash surrender value of Company Owned Life Insurance. The Company purchased $10.0 million of COLI during the third quarter of 2003. Also contributing to the increase in Other Operating Income was a reduced amount of mortgage servicing right impairment charges. During 2004, mortgage servicing right impairment charges were $37,000 as compared to $240,000 during 2003. The increase in Other Operating Income for 2003 as compared to 2002 was also primarily due to reduced impairment charges in the mortgage banking segment. Impairment charges totaled $721,000 in 2002.

Net Gains on Sales of Loans and Related Assets decreased 62% in 2004 following a 59% increase in 2003. The lower level of gains in 2004 resulted from lower residential mortgage loan production and subsequent loan sales. For the period ended December 31, 2003, the increase was attributable to historically low interest rates which produced an increased level of loan production and sales. Loan sales for 2004, 2003, and 2002 were $61.4 million, $181.2 million and $134.2 million, respectively.

The Company recorded a non-cash, other-than-temporary impairment charge of $3,682,000 ($2,430,000 after-tax) related to certain investments in FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock in the fourth quarter of 2004. For further discussion of the other-than-temporary charge, see the MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW and USE OF FUNDS sections of this Report as well as Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.




16

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

For the year ended 2004, non-interest expense decreased 5% or $1,610,000 from 2003. The decline is primarily attributable to no Net Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings, decreased Salaries and Employee Benefits and Occupancy Expense offset by an increase in Professional Fees and Other Operating Expenses. Non-interest expense increased 11% in 2003.

Non-interest Expense (dollars in thousands) % Change From
Prior Year
2004
2003
2002
2004
2003
Salaries and Employee Benefits     $ 17,814   $ 18,062   $ 17,443    (1 )%  4 %
Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense    4,292    4,574    4,050    (6 )  13  
FDIC Premiums    106    114    128    (7 )  (11 )
Data Processing Fees    1,186    1,126    1,098    5    3  
Professional Fees    1,690    1,227    1,170    38    5  
Advertising and Promotion    888    853    738    4    16  
Supplies    527    633    660    (17 )  (4 )
Net Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    1,898    66    n/m (1)  2,776  
Other Operating Expenses    4,106    3,732    3,614    10    3  



    TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE   $ 30,609   $ 32,219   $ 28,967    (5 )  11  



(1)  n/m = not meaningful

Salaries and Employee Benefits Expense, the largest component of non-interest expense, was approximately 58%, 56% and 60% of total non-interest expense in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. For the year ended 2004, Salaries and Employee Benefit remained relatively stable with a modest 1% decline. In 2003, the 4% increase in Salaries and Employee Benefits resulted from increased expenses associated with retirement benefits and sales-related incentive compensation partially offset by a decrease in incentive compensation based on overall financial performance.

In 2004, the decrease in Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense of 6% was primarily attributable to a decline in real estate and personal property taxes. In the state of Indiana counties reassessed real property in 2002 which carried over into 2003 and resulted in a delay of some tax billings until 2004. Due to the billing delay, the Company adjusted property tax accruals and expense during 2004 which resulted in a reduced level of real estate and personal property expense. Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment Expense increased 13% in 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to increased building, furniture and equipment expense as well software licenses and maintenance agreements expense.

During 2004 and 2003, Professional Fees increased 38% and 5%, respectively. For 2004, the increase was primarily the result of costs associated with ensuring the Company’s compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. The increase in 2003 was attributable to an increase in general audit and accounting fees.

The Company did not prepay any FHLB Advances during 2004. During 2003 the Company’s mortgage banking segment prepaid $40 million of FHLB Advances which resulted in a $1,898,000 net loss on extinguishment of borrowings. For further discussion of the prepayments of FHLB Advances please see the NET INTEREST INCOME section of this Report.

Other Operating Expenses increased 10% and 3% during 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company’s property and casualty acquisition activity during late 2002 and in the third quarter 2003 resulted in an increased level of customer list intangible amortization during 2004 and 2003. The amortization expense associated with these acquisitions was $405,000 in 2004 and $136,000 in 2003. Also contributing to the increase in Other Operating Expenses for 2003 were increased claims incurred and an increased level of insurance reserves at the Company’s credit reinsurance subsidiary. For further discussion of intangible amortization, see Note 18 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The Company records a provision for current income taxes payable, along with a provision for deferred taxes payable in the future. Deferred taxes arise from temporary differences, which are items recorded for financial statement purposes in a different period than for income tax returns. The Company’s effective tax rate was 12.1%, 13.5%, and 17.4%, respectively, in 2004, 2003, and 2002. The effective tax rate in all periods is lower than the blended statutory rate of 39.6%. The lower effective rate in all periods primarily resulted from the Company’s tax-exempt investment income on securities and loans, income tax credits generated by investments in affordable housing projects, and income generated by subsidiaries domiciled in a state with no state or local income tax. See Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional details relative to the Company’s income tax provision.




17

Since December 31, 2001, the Company’s effective tax rate has been favorably impacted by Indiana financial institution tax savings resulting from the Company’s formation of investment subsidiaries in the state of Nevada by four of the Company’s banking subsidiaries.  The state of Nevada has no state or local income tax.  An auditor employed by the Indiana Department of Revenue (“Department”) has, in the course of the Department’s pending audit of the Company’s financial institutions tax return for the year 2002, advised the Company that the Department is considering issuing a notice of proposed assessment for unpaid financial institutions tax for the year 2002 of approximately $590,000 ($389,000 net of federal tax) plus interest, based on the auditor’s inclusion of the income of the Nevada subsidiaries in the Indiana return for that year.  If the Department issues such a notice of proposed assessment, the Company intends to file a protest with the Department contesting the proposed assessment and would defend its position that the income of the Nevada subsidiaries is not subject to the Indiana financial institutions tax. Although there can be no such assurance, at this time management does not believe this potential assessment will result in additional tax liability. Therefore, no tax provision has been recognized for the potential assessment of additional financial institutions tax for 2002 or for financial institutions tax with respect to any of the Nevada subsidiaries in any period subsequent to 2002.

CAPITAL RESOURCES


The Company and affiliate banks are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. The Company and all affiliate banks at year-end 2004 were categorized as well-capitalized as that term is defined by the prompt corrective action regulations. The Company has agreed with its parent-company correspondent bank lender, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a term of its line of credit with that lender (see “SOURCES OF FUNDS – Parent Company Funding sources”, below) that it will maintain the capital ratios of the Company and its affiliate banks at levels that would qualify it as well-capitalized as that term is defined by the prompt corrective action regulations. See Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for actual and required capital ratios and for additional information regarding capital adequacy.

The Company continues to maintain a strong capital position. Shareholders’ equity totaled $83.7 million and $83.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Total equity represented 8.9% and 9.0%, respectively, of year-end total assets. The Company paid cash dividends of $6.1 million or $0.56 per share in 2004 compared with $6.0 million or $0.53 per share in 2003. During 2004, the Company purchased 44,000 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $708,000 under an on-going repurchase program.

USES OF FUNDS


LOANS

Total loans at year-end 2004 increased $17.8 million or 3% compared with year-end 2003. The composition of the loan portfolio continued to shift toward a commercial and agricultural base with less concentration in residential mortgage loans during 2004. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans increased $14.7 million or 5% and agricultural based loans increased $10.5 million or 11% during 2004. In a reversal of a declining trend over the past several years, consumer loans increased $8.1 million or 7% during 2004. The increases in these categories were partially mitigated by the decline in the residential mortgage loan portfolio. Residential mortgage loans declined $15.5 million or 14% during 2004 due primarily to the Company’s continued sale of a majority of residential loan production into the secondary market. While refinance activity slowed significantly during 2004 compared with the prior two years, loan rates were still considered historically low leading to the Company’s decision to continue to sell the majority of production into the secondary market.

Total loans at year-end 2003 increased by $1.1 million compared with year-end 2002. Residential mortgage loans declined $45.9 million or 29% during 2003 as the Company continued to sell a majority of new residential loan production in the secondary market. The Company’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased $41.3 million or 16% in 2003 while agricultural and poultry loans increased $7.8 million or 9%. Consumer loans declined $2.2 million or 2% during 2003.

The Company’s loan portfolio is diversified, with the heaviest concentration in commercial and industrial loans. The Company’s commercial lending is extended to various industries, including hotel, agribusiness and manufacturing, as well as health care, wholesale, and retail services. The Company’s concentration in residential mortgage loans has declined over the past several years as was discussed above.




18

Loan Portfolio
dollars in thousands
December 31,
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
 
Residential Mortgage Loans     $ 94,800   $ 110,325   $ 156,180   $ 227,502   $ 312,199  
Agricultural and Poultry    104,592    94,099    86,264    78,675    74,111  
Commercial and Industrial Loans    308,763    294,015    252,744    227,872    188,213  
Consumer Loans    122,888    114,816    116,987    123,840    135,596  





   Total Loans    631,043    613,255    612,175    657,889    710,119  
   Less: Unearned Income    (1,250 )  (1,389 )  (1,434 )  (723 )  (375 )





   Subtotal    629,793    611,866    610,741    657,166    709,744  
   Less: Allowance for Loan Losses    (8,801 )  (8,265 )  (8,301 )  (8,388 )  (9,274 )





   Loans, net   $ 620,992   $ 603,601   $ 602,440   $ 648,778   $ 700,470  





 
Ratio of Loans to Total Loans:  
Residential Mortgage Loans    15 %  18 %  26 %  34 %  44 %
Agricultural and Poultry    17 %  15 %  14 %  12 %  10 %
Commercial and Industrial Loans    49 %  48 %  41 %  35 %  27 %
Consumer Loans    19 %  19 %  19 %  19 %  19 %





   Totals    100 %  100 %  100 %  100 %  100 %





The Company’s policy is generally to extend credit to consumer and commercial borrowers in its primary geographic market area in Southwestern Indiana. Commercial extensions of credit outside this market area are generally concentrated in real estate loans within a 120 mile radius of the Company’s primary market and are granted on a selective basis.

The following table indicates the amounts of loans (excluding residential mortgages on 1-4 family residences and consumer loans) outstanding as of December 31, 2004 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are due in the periods indicated (dollars in thousands).

Within
One Year

One to Five
Years

After
Five Years

Total
 
Commercial, Agricultural and Poultry     $ 138,305   $ 122,468   $ 152,582   $ 413,355  
 
Interest Sensitivity
Fixed Rate
Variable Rate
 
Loans maturing after one year   $ 45,711   $ 229,340  

INVESTMENTS

The investment portfolio is a principal source for funding the Company’s loan growth and other liquidity needs of its subsidiaries. The Company’s securities portfolio consists of money market securities, uncollateralized U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, municipal obligations of state and political subdivisions, asset- / mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and other intermediaries, and corporate investments. Money market securities include federal funds sold, interest-bearing balances with banks, and other short-term investments. The composition of the year-end balances in the investment portfolio is presented in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report and in the table below:

Investment Portfolio, at Amortized Cost
dollars in thousands
December 31,
2004
  %
  2003
  %
  2002
  %
Federal Funds Sold and Short-term Investments     $ 24,354     11 % $ 3,804     2 % $ 8,118     3 %
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities    4,060    2    4,112    2    9,500    4  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions .    43,125    20    54,838    25    67,216    27  
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    131,614    60    136,674    63    143,247    57  
Corporate Securities    503    n/m (1)   506    n/m (1)   4,990    2  
Equity Securities    15,149    7    16,808    8    16,809    7  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total Securities Portfolio   $ 218,805    100 % $ 216,742    100 % $ 249,880    100 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)  n/m = not meaningful




19

The amortized cost of investment securities, including federal funds sold and short-term investments, increased $2.1 million at year-end 2004 compared with year-end 2003. At year-end 2004, the level of federal funds sold and short-term investments was elevated from year-end 2003 and from the levels throughout 2004. This increased level resulted from the cash flow nature of the Company’s portfolio with its concentration in mortgage related securities and the timing of reinvestment of this cash flow back into other types of securities at year-end. The Company has continued its strategy during 2004 of investing in mortgage related securities. The mortgage related securities provide structured cash flows in what has continued to be a relatively low interest rate environment.

The Company’s level of obligations of state and political subdivisions declined $11.7 million or 21% during 2004 and $12.4 million or 18% in 2003. The decline in obligations of state and political subdivisions has been primarily the result of the Company’s strategy to not invest in these traditionally longer-term securities during periods of relatively low interest rates. The Company continues to believe that at the proper time, investment in tax-advantaged obligations of state and political subdivisions is prudent. However, in the relatively low interest rate environment, investments in these types of securities have not been undertaken.

The Company’s equity portfolio in all periods disclosed in the table above was primarily comprised of floating rate preferred stock issued by FHLMC and FNMA. In the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized a $3.68 million non-cash pre-tax charge for the other-than-temporary decline in value on this floating rate preferred stock portfolio. The Company accounts for these securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, which requires that if the decline in fair market value below cost is determined to be other-than-temporary, the unrealized loss must be recognized as expense in the income statement. Refer also to the sections entitled CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES and NON-INTEREST INCOME in this Report and Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion of the equity securities portfolio and the other-than-temporary impairment charge recognized during 2004.

The amortized cost of investment securities, including federal funds sold and short-term investments, decreased $33.1 million or 13% at year-end 2003 compared with year-end 2002. The decline occurred in a majority of categories of securities during 2003. The overall decline in the securities was largely attributable to the repayment of FHLB borrowings, primarily in the mortgage banking segment, and the purchase of COLI by three of the Company’s affiliate banks.

Investment Securities, at Carrying Value
dollars in thousands
December 31,           
2004
2003
2002
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity:                
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions   $ 13,318   $ 17,417   $ 20,833  
 
Securities Available-for-Sale:  
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of  
     U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies   $ 4,034   $ 4,090   $ 9,535  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions    30,621    38,579    47,610  
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    131,201    136,585    145,485  
Corporate Securities    503    515    4,990  
Equity Securities    15,317    16,024    16,228  



     Subtotal of Securities Available-for-Sale    181,676    195,793    223,848  



         Total Securities   $ 194,994   $ 213,210   $ 244,681  



The Company’s $181.7 million available-for-sale portion of the investment portfolio provides an additional funding source for the liquidity needs of the Company’s subsidiaries and for asset/liability management requirements. Although management has the ability to sell these securities if the need arises, their designation as available-for-sale should not be interpreted as an indication that management anticipates such sales.

The amortized cost of debt securities at December 31, 2004 are shown in the following table by expected maturity. Asset/ mortgage-backed securities are based on estimated average lives. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Equity securities do not have contractual maturities, and are excluded from the table below.




20

Maturities and Average Yields of Securities at December 31, 2004:

Within
One Year

After One But
Within Five Years

After Five But
Within Ten Years

After Ten
Years

Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
U.S. Treasuries and                                    
    Agencies   $ 510    1 .59% 3,550    2 .95% ---     N/A $ ---     N/A
State and Political  
    Subdivisions    2,366    7 .87%  9,125    7 .68%  17,486    7 .82%  14,148    7 .48%
Asset- / Mortgage-backed  
    Securities    22,684    2 .69%  108,744    3 .63%  119    7 .91%  67    6 .00%
Corporate Securities    ---     N/A  503    3 .42%  ---     N/A  ---     N/A




 
       Totals   $ 25,560    3 .15% 121,922  3 .91% 17,605  7 .82% $14,215 7 .47%




A tax-equivalent adjustment using a tax rate of 34 percent was used in the above table.

In addition to the other uses of funds discussed previously, the Company had certain long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004. These contractual obligations primarily consisted of long-term borrowings with the FHLB and Bank One, N.A. (now JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), time deposits, and lease commitments for certain office facilities. Scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings, time deposits, and future minimum lease payments are outlined in the table below.

Contractual Obligations
dollars in thousands
Payments Due By Period
Total
Less Than 1 Year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than 5 Years
Long-Term Borrowings     $ 69,941   $ 32,335   $ 4,802   $ 11,194   $ 21,610  
Time Deposits    321,915    197,162    90,465    34,264    24  
Lease Commitments    291    88    124    55    24  





Total   $ 392,147   $ 229,585   $ 95,391   $ 45,513   $ 21,658  





SOURCES OF FUNDS


The Company’s primary source of funding is its base of core customer deposits. Core deposits consist of demand deposits, savings, interest-bearing checking, money market accounts, and certificates of deposit of less than $100,000. Other sources of funds are certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, brokered deposits, overnight borrowings from other financial institutions and securities sold under agreement to repurchase. The membership of the Company’s affiliate banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System (FHLB) provides a significant additional source for both long and short-term collateralized borrowings. The following pages contain a discussion of changes in these areas.

The table below illustrates changes between years in the average balances of all funding sources:

Funding Sources - Average Balances
dollars in thousands
% Change From
Prior Year
2004
2003
2002
2004
2003
Demand Deposits                        
    Non-interest Bearing   $ 116,124   $ 103,865   $ 95,415    12 %  9 %
    Interest Bearing    121,173    110,544    99,781    10    11  
Savings Deposits    65,757    61,295    55,056    7  11  
Money Market Accounts    97,515    80,903    88,262    21    (8 )
Other Time Deposits    268,842    298,430    321,911    (10 )  (7 )



    Total Core Deposits    669,411    655,037    660,425    2    (1 )
Certificates of Deposits of $100,000 or  
    more and Brokered Deposits    62,056    56,273    58,338    10    (4
FHLB Advances and  
    Other Borrowings    101,067    130,165    165,247    (22 )  (21 )



    Total Funding Sources   $ 832,534   $ 841,475   $ 884,010    (1 )  (5 )






21

Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more are summarized as follows:

3 Months
Or Less

3 thru
6 Months

6 thru
12 Months

Over
12 Months

Total
December 31, 2004     $ 25,495   $ 10,386   $ 17,875   $ 15,827   $ 69,583  

CORE DEPOSITS

The Company’s overall level of average core deposits has remained relatively stable during 2004 and 2003, with an increase of 2% in 2004 and a decline of 1% in 2003. The Company’s ability to attract core deposits continues to be influenced by competition and the interest rate environment, as well as the increased availability of alternative investment products. Management does believe that core deposits continue to represent a stable and viable funding source for the Company’s operations, but expects, in large part due to the prolonged low interest rate environment that has been experienced, that a portion of non-maturity deposits may be less stable for the Company in a time of prolonged economic recovery and increased interest rates.

Demand, savings and money market deposits have provided a growing source of funding for the company in each of the periods reported. Average demand, savings and money market deposits totaled $400.6 million or 60% of core deposits in 2004 compared with $356.6 million or 54% in 2003 and $338.5 million or 51% in 2002. This increase during 2004 and 2003 has contributed significantly to the decline in the Company’s cost of funds as was discussed in the NET INTEREST INCOME section of this Report.

Other time deposits consist of certificates of deposits in denominations of less than $100,000. These deposits declined by 10% and 7% in both 2004 and 2003. Other time deposits comprised 40% of core deposits in 2004 compared with 46% in 2003 and 49% in 2002. Management believes a portion of the decline in other time deposits has migrated to non-maturity deposit accounts assisting in the growth of that portion of the Company’s funding source. It is believed the interest rate environment has driven this migration.

OTHER FUNDING SOURCES

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings represent the Company’s most significant source of other funding for its bank subsidiaries. Average borrowed funds decreased $29.1 million or 22% during 2004. This decline followed a decline of $35.1 million or 21% in 2003. Borrowings comprised 12%, 15%, and 19% of total funding sources in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The decline in average borrowed funds during 2004 and 2003 was primarily the result of repayment of FHLB advances, primarily by the Company’s mortgage banking segment, during the fourth quarter of 2002 and throughout 2003. During those periods the Company’s mortgage banking segment repaid approximately $70.0 million of FHLB advances. In some instances those advances were paid prior to maturity. See NET INTEREST INCOME and NON-INTEREST EXPENSE for a discussion of the impact of these prepayments on the Company’s results of operations.

Certificates of deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more and brokered deposits are an additional source of other funding for the Company’s bank subsidiaries. Large denomination certificates and brokered deposits increased $5.8 million or 10% during 2004 following a decline of $2.1 million or 4% in 2003. Large certificates and brokered deposits comprised approximately 7% of total funding sources in 2004, 2003, and 2002.

The bank subsidiaries of the Company also utilize short-term funding sources from time to time. These sources consist of overnight federal funds purchased from other financial institutions, secured repurchase agreements that generally mature within one day of the transaction date, and secured overnight variable rate borrowings from the FHLB. These borrowings represent an important source of short-term liquidity for the bank subsidiaries of the Company. Long-term debt is in the form of FHLB advances, which are secured by the pledge of certain investment securities and residential mortgage loans. See Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this Report for further information regarding borrowed funds.

PARENT COMPANY FUNDING SOURCES

The Company is a corporation separate and distinct from its bank and other subsidiaries. For information regarding the financial condition, result of operations, and cash flows of the Company, presented on a parent-company-only basis, see Note 17 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.




22

The Company does not have access at the parent-company level to the sources of funds that are available to its bank subsidiaries to support their operations. The Company derives most of its parent-company revenues from dividends, fees, and interest paid to the parent company by its bank subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to statutory restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to the parent company. The FRB possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries that enable it to prevent or remedy actions that in its view may represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability in appropriate cases to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. The FDIC and DFI possess similar enforcement powers over the bank subsidiaries of the Company. The “prompt corrective action” provisions of federal banking law impose further restrictions on the payment of dividends by insured banks which fail to meet specified capital levels and, in some cases, their parent bank holding companies.

In conjunction with the self tender offer the Company completed on March 20, 2003, the parent company entered into a borrowing agreement with a correspondent bank lender, Bank One, N.A., Chicago, Illinois (now JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) for the purpose of funding stock repurchases and parent company working capital needs. The borrowing agreement included a revolving line of credit for up to $15.0 million with interest payable quarterly at a rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 1.25% with an additional commitment fee for the unused portion of the line of credit. The line of credit was scheduled to terminate, and the amount borrowed was scheduled to become payable, in March 2005. The Company initially borrowed $8.0 million under the terms of the loan at the time the tender offer was completed. The balance of the parent company borrowing totaled $10.5 million at December 31, 2004 and $12.0 million at March 1, 2005.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., has agreed to modify and extend the line of credit and the amounts borrowed under similar terms to the initial loan, and the Company anticipates that the new credit documents will be executed and delivered between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., prior to maturity of the initial loan. The most notable modification to the terms will be an increase in the line of credit to $20.0 million, of which $12.0 million will be advanced at inception to renew the indebtedness for advances that had been made under the prior loan. The new line of credit will terminate not later than August 31, 2006, and upon termination of the line of credit the amounts of all advances then outstanding will be due and payable. The line of credit will include usual and customary covenants and conditions, including a covenant that requires that the Company maintain the capital ratios of the Company and of its affiliate banks at levels that would be considered “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations of the federal banking agencies. The Company intends to utilize dividends that are available from its banking subsidiaries as the primary source of repayment for its borrowings under this line of credit. As described above, statutory and regulatory requirements may restrict the payment of dividends by the bank subsidiaries, depending upon their earnings and capital positions, during the period ending August 31, 2006, in amounts sufficient to retire the indebtedness of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in full by such time, in which event the Company may seek to extend the line of credit or refinance the amount outstanding with that lender or seek other sources of equity or debt capital.

RISK MANAGEMENT


The Company is exposed to various types of business risk on an on-going basis. These risks include credit risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. Various procedures are employed at the Company’s affiliate banks to monitor and mitigate risk in their loan and investment portfolios, as well as risks associated with changes in interest rates. Following is a discussion of the Company’s philosophies and procedures to address these risks.

LENDING AND LOAN ADMINISTRATION

Primary responsibility and accountability for day-to-day lending activities rests with the Company’s affiliate banks. Loan personnel at each bank have the authority to extend credit under guidelines approved by the bank’s board of directors. Executive and board loan committees active at each bank serve as vehicles for communication and for the pooling of knowledge, judgment and experience of its members. These committees provide valuable input to lending personnel, act as an approval body, and monitor the overall quality of the banks’ loan portfolios. The Corporate Risk Management Committee, comprised of members of the Company’s executive officers and board of directors, strive to ensure a consistent application of the Company’s lending policies. The Company also maintains a comprehensive risk-weighting and loan review program for its affiliate banks, which includes quarterly reviews of problem loans, delinquencies and charge-offs. The purpose of this program is to evaluate loan administration, credit quality, loan documentation and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to cover probable, incurred credit losses identified during its loan review process. Management estimates the required level of allowance for loan losses using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgement, should be charged-off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of: (a) specific reserves on individual credits; (b) general reserves for certain loan categories and industries, and overall historical loss experience; and (c) unallocated reserves based on performance trends in the loan portfolios, current economic conditions, and other factors that influence the level of estimated probable losses. The need for specific reserves are considered for credits when: (a) the customer’s cash flow or net worth appears insufficient to repay the loan; (b) the loan has been criticized in a regulatory examination; (c) the loan is on non-accrual; or, (d) other reasons where the ultimate collectibility of the loan is in question, or the loan characteristics require special monitoring.




23

Allowance for Loan Losses
dollars in thousands
Years Ended December 31,
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
Balance of allowance for possible                        
   losses at beginning of period   $ 8,265   $ 8,301   $ 8,388   $ 9,274   $ 9,101  
Loans charged-off:  
Residential Mortgage Loans    367    474    481    637    1,188  
Agricultural and Poultry Loans    ---    ---    89    66    134  
Commercial and Industrial Loans    904    562    183    659    347  
Consumer Loans    579    595    832    990    748  





   Total Loans charged-off    1,850    1,631    1,585    2,352    2,417  
 
Recoveries of previously charged-off Loans:  
Residential Mortgage Loans    31    281    77    54    14  
Agricultural and Poultry Loans    11    11    2    191    29  
Commercial and Industrial Loans    118    316    59    374    120  
Consumer Loans    211    176    245    187    196  





   Total Recoveries    371    784    383    806    359  





 
Net Loans recovered / (charged-off)    (1,479 )  (847 )  (1,202 )  (1,546 )  (2,058 )
Additions to allowance charged to expense    2,015    811    1,115    660    2,231  





Balance at end of period   $ 8,801   $ 8,265   $ 8,301   $ 8,388   $ 9,274  





 
Net Charge-offs to Average Loans Outstanding    0.24 %  0.14 %  0.19 %  0.22 %  0.27 %
Provision for Loan Losses to Average Loans Outstanding    0.32 %  0.13 %  0.17 %  0.09 %  0.29 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Total Loans at Year-end    1.39 %  1.35 %  1.36 %  1.27 %  1.31 %
 
The following table indicates the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
Residential Mortgage Loans   $ 790   $ 839   $ 1,126   $ 1,958   $ 2,235  
Agricultural and Poultry    982    704    781    812    1,097  
Commercial and Industrial Loans    5,906    5,358    4,687    3,487    3,582  
Consumer Loans    1,043    1,158    1,140    921    935  
Unallocated    80    206    567    1,210    1,425  





 
Total Loans   $ 8,801   $ 8,265   $ 8,301   $ 8,388   $ 9,274  





The increase in specific allocations resulted primarily from commercial and agricultural loan growth, which includes larger credits and the reclassification of individual loans identified in the Company’s comprehensive risk weighting and loan review program. The trend in the decline in residential mortgage loan allocations has resulted from the trend of declining net charge-offs and the lower concentration of this type of loans. The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses incorporates the Company’s judgmental determination of inherent losses that may not be fully reflected in other allocations, including factors such as economic uncertainties, lending staff quality, industry trends impacting specific portfolio segments, and broad portfolio quality trends. Therefore, the ratio of allocated to unallocated components within the total allowance has fluctuated from period to period.

Net charge-offs increased to $1,479,000 or 0.24% of average outstanding loans during 2004. This level compares to net charge-offs of $847,000 or 0.14% of average outstanding loans in 2003 and $1,202,000 or 0.19% of average outstanding loans in 2002. The increase in 2004 was attributable to a modestly higher level of loan charge-offs of $219,000 coupled with a $413,000 reduction in the level of recoveries of previously charged-off loans. The increase in the level of loan charge-offs in 2004 was attributable primarily to commercial and industrial loans, but was not necessarily attributable to a particular segment within the commercial and industrial portfolio. The increase in net charge-offs during 2004 followed declines in both 2003 and 2002. Please see PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES in the discussion regarding the RESULTS OF OPERATIONS and ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES in the discussion regarding CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES for additional information regarding the allowance.




24

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Non-performing assets consist of: (a) non-accrual loans; (b) loans which have been renegotiated to provide for a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower; (c) loans past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest; and, (d) other real estate owned. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when scheduled principal or interest payments are past due for 90 days or more or when the borrower’s ability to repay becomes doubtful. Uncollected interest accrued in the current year is reversed against income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual. Loans are charged-off at 120 days past due, or earlier if deemed uncollectible. Exceptions to the non-accrual and charge-off policies are made when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. The following table presents an analysis of the Company’s non-performing assets.

Non-performing Assets
dollars in thousands
December 31,
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
 
Non-accrual Loans     $ 5,750   $ 1,817   $ 1,773   $ 3,452   $ 8,014  
Past Due Loans (90 days or more)    831    962    1,095    916    1,513  
Restructured Loans    ---    ---    365    367    ---  





    Total Non-performing Loans    6,581    2,779    3,233    4,735    9,527  
Other Real Estate    213    749    1,812    1,612    1,579  





    Total Non-performing Assets   $ 6,794   $ 3,528   $ 5,045   $ 6,347   $ 11,106  





 
Non-performing Loans to Total Loans    1.04 %  0.45 %  0.53 %  0.72 %  1.34 %
Allowance for Loan Losses to Non-performing Loans    133.73 %  297.41 %  256.76 %  177.15 %  97.34 %

Non-performing loans increased to 1.04% of total loans at year-end 2004 after declines in both 2003 and 2002. The increase in 2004 was largely attributable to commercial and industrial loans. A significant portion of the increase in non-performing loans at year-end 2004 related to a single commercial real estate credit. Management does not believe the non-accrual status of this credit is indicative of its potential loss exposure and anticipates achieving a resolution of the problems that have resulted in this credit being placed on non-accrual status by as early as June 30, 2005, on terms that would not result in a material loss to the Company in excess of the amount that has been specifically reserved for this credit in the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2004. Management considers the level of non-performing loans to be manageable within the Company’s normal course of business, and continues to actively work with the borrowers that comprise the non-performing loan portfolio. The Company is also continuing to monitor specific individual credits within the real estate development, manufacturing and lodging industry segments, that have not yet benefited from the improving economic climate.

Interest income recognized on non-performing loans for 2004 was $301,000. The gross interest income that would have been recognized in 2004 on non-performing loans if the loans had been current in accordance with their original terms was $596,000. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when scheduled principal or interest payments are past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.

Loan impairment is reported when full repayment under the terms of the loan is not expected. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate, or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Commercial, agricultural and poultry loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total. Such loans include real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residences and loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures. Individually evaluated loans on non-accrual are generally considered impaired. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible. The total dollar amount of impaired loans at December 31, 2004 was $5,523,000. For additional detail on impaired loans, see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report.

LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity is a measure of the ability of the Company’s subsidiary banks to fund new loan demand, existing loan commitments and deposit withdrawals. The purpose of liquidity management is to match sources of funds with anticipated customer borrowings and withdrawals and other obligations to ensure a dependable funding base, without unduly penalizing earnings. Failure to properly manage liquidity requirements can result in the need to satisfy customer withdrawals and other obligations on less than desirable terms. The liquidity of the parent company is dependent upon the receipt of dividends from its bank subsidiaries, which are subject to certain regulatory limitations explained in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, as enhanced by its ability to draw upon a line of credit established by the parent company in March 2003 with a correspondent bank lender, as described under SOURCES OF FUNDS – PARENT COMPANY FUNDING SOURCES, above. The affiliate banks’ source of funding is predominately core deposits, maturities of securities, repayments of loan principal and interest, federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank.




25

Interest rate risk is the exposure of the Company’s financial condition to adverse changes in market interest rates. In an effort to estimate the impact of sustained interest rate movements to the Company’s earnings, the Company monitors interest rate risk through computer-assisted simulation modeling of its net interest income. The Company’s simulation modeling monitors the potential impact to net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. The Company’s objective is to actively manage its asset/liability position within a one-year interval and to limit the risk in any of the interest rate scenarios to a reasonable level of tax-equivalent net interest income within that interval. Funds Management Committees at the holding company and each affiliate bank monitor compliance within established guidelines of the Funds Management Policy. See the Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk section for further discussion regarding interest rate risk.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements other than stand-by letters of credit as disclosed in Note 14 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company’s exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Asset/Liability Committees and Boards of Directors of the holding company and its affiliate banks. Primary market risks, which impact the Company’s operations, are liquidity risk and interest rate risk, as discussed above.

As discussed previously, the Company monitors interest rate risk by the use of computer simulation modeling to estimate the potential impact on its net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. Another method by which the Company’s interest rate risk position can be estimated is by computing estimated changes in its net portfolio value (“NPV”). This method estimates interest rate risk exposure from movements in interest rates by using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine the change in the NPV of discounted cash flows from assets and liabilities. NPV represents the market value of portfolio equity and is equal to the estimated market value of assets minus the estimated market value of liabilities. Computations are based on a number of assumptions, including the relative levels of market interest rates and prepayments in mortgage loans and certain types of investments. These computations do not contemplate any actions management may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. In addition, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of computing NPV. Should interest rates remain or decrease below current levels, the proportion of adjustable rate loans could decrease in future periods due to refinancing activity. In the event of an interest rate change, prepayment levels would likely be different from those assumed in the table. Lastly, the ability of many borrowers to repay their adjustable rate debt may decline during a rising interest rate environment.




26

The following table provides an assessment of the risk to NPV in the event of sudden and sustained 1% and 2% increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates. The table indicates that as of December 31, 2004 the Company’s estimated NPV might be expected to increase in the event of an increase in prevailing interest rates, and might be expected to decrease in the event of a decrease in prevailing interest rates (dollars in thousands).

Interest Rate Sensitivity as of December 31, 2004

Net Portfolio
Value
Net Portfolio Value
as a % of Present Value
of Assets
Changes
in Rates
$ Amount
% Change
NPV Ratio
Change
+2%     $ 121,858       6.03%       13.27%  39 b.p.    
+1%    119,736       4.19     12.88      65 b.p.  
Base    114,923       ---           12.23      ---  
-1%    107,168       (6.75)          11.31      (92) b.p.  
-2%    98,403       (14.37)          10.31      (100) b.p.  

The above discussion, and the portions of MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS that are referenced in the above discussion contains statements relating to future results of the Company that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to, among other things, simulation of the impact on net interest income from changes in interest rates. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied therein as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including those risks and uncertainties expressed above, those that are described in MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS in Item 7 of this report, and those that are described in Item 1 of this report, “Business,” under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks,” which discussions are incorporated herein by reference.




27

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.


        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements

Board of Directors and Shareholders
German American Bancorp
Jasper, Indiana

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of German American Bancorp as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of German American Bancorp as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


Indianapolis, Indiana
February 28, 2005
/s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC    
Crowe Chizek and Company LLC          




28


        Consolidated Balance Sheets
        Dollars in thousands, except per share data

December 31,
2004
2003
ASSETS            
Cash and Due from Banks   $ 23,312   $ 28,729  
Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments    24,354    3,804  


    Cash and Cash Equivalents    47,666    32,533  
 
Securities Available-for-Sale, at Fair Value    181,676    195,793  
Securities Held-to-Maturity, at Cost (Fair value of $13,636 and $17,964 on  
    December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively)    13,318    17,417  
 
Loans Held-for-Sale    3,122    1,416  
 
Loans    631,043    613,255  
Less: Unearned Income    (1,250 )  (1,389 )
          Allowance for Loan Losses    (8,801 )  (8,265 )


Loans, Net    620,992    603,601  
 
Stock in FHLB of Indianapolis and Other Restricted Stock, at Cost    13,542    12,944  
Premises, Furniture and Equipment, Net    20,231    21,605  
Other Real Estate    213    749  
Goodwill    1,794    1,794  
Intangible Assets    2,378    2,804  
Company Owned Life Insurance    18,540    17,831  
Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets    18,622    17,459  


 
        TOTAL ASSETS   $ 942,094   $ 925,946  


 
LIABILITIES  
Non-interest-bearing Demand Deposits   $ 123,127   $ 112,689  
Interest-bearing Demand, Savings, and Money Market Accounts    305,341    266,652  
Time Deposits under $100,000    252,332    283,959  
Time Deposits $100,000 or more and Brokered Deposits    69,583    53,833  


    Total Deposits    750,383    717,133  
 
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings    95,614    112,559  
Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities    12,428    13,128  


 
        TOTAL LIABILITIES    858,425    842,820  
 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Preferred Stock, $10 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, no shares issued    ---    ---  
Common Stock, no par value, $1 stated value; 20,000,000 shares authorized    10,898    10,933  
Additional Paid-in Capital    66,817    67,532  
Retained Earnings    5,778    4,653  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income    176    8  


 
        TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY    83,669    83,126  


 
        TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 942,094   $ 925,946  


 
End of period shares issued and outstanding    10,898,241    10,932,882  


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




29


        Consolidated Statements of Income
        Dollars in thousands, except per share data

Years ended December 31,
 
2004
2003
2002
 
INTEREST INCOME                
Interest and Fees on Loans   $ 39,257   $ 41,781   $ 48,471  
Interest on Federal Funds Sold and Other Short-term Investments    129    270    754  
Interest and Dividends on Securities:  
    Taxable    5,455    5,023    7,144  
    Non-taxable    2,869    3,545    4,125  



       TOTAL INTEREST INCOME    47,710    50,619    60,494  
 
INTEREST EXPENSE  
Interest on Deposits    11,747    13,997    18,676  
Interest on FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings    4,724    7,087    9,816  



    TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE    16,471    21,084    28,492  



NET INTEREST INCOME    31,239    29,535    32,002  
Provision for Loan Losses    2,015    811    1,115  



NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES    29,224    28,724    30,887  
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME  
Trust and Investment Product Fees    2,046    1,627    1,419  
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts    3,537    3,391    2,574  
Insurance Revenues    4,666    3,692    2,818  
Other Operating Income    2,074    1,556    1,056  
Net Gains on Sales of Loans and Related Assets    975    2,588    1,625  
Net Gain / (Loss) on Securities    (3,678 )  80    17  



    TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME    9,620    12,934    9,509  



 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE  
Salaries and Employee Benefits    17,814    18,062    17,443  
Occupancy Expense    2,121    2,354    2,184  
Furniture and Equipment Expense    2,171    2,220    1,866  
Data Processing Fees    1,186    1,126    1,098  
Professional Fees    1,690    1,227    1,170  
Advertising and Promotion    888    853    738  
Supplies    527    633    660  
Net Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    1,898    66  
Other Operating Expenses    4,212    3,846    3,742  



    TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE    30,609    32,219    28,967  



 
Income before Income Taxes    8,235    9,439    11,429  
Income Tax Expense    996    1,271    1,987  



NET INCOME   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442  



 
Earnings per Share   $ 0.66   $ 0.73   $ 0.79  
 
Diluted Earnings per Share   $ 0.66   $ 0.73   $ 0.78  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




30


        Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
        Dollars in thousands, except per share data

Common Stock
Shares          Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

 
Balances, January 1, 2002       11,038,675   $ 11,039   $ 72,238   $ 18,133   $ 799   $ 102,209  
 
Comprehensive Income:  
Net Income                9,442        9,442  
Changes in Unrealized Gain/(Loss)  
   on Securities Available for Sale, net                    1,125    1,125  

     Total Comprehensive Income                        10,567  
Cash Dividends ($.51 per share)                (6,136 )      (6,136 )
Issuance of Common Stock for:  
   Exercise of Stock Options    5,966    6    281    (263 )      24  
   Director Stock Awards    18,762    19    290            309  
   Employee Benefit Plans    3,104    3    49            52  
   Dividend Reinvestment Plan    15,459    15    260            275  
   5% Stock Dividend    544,051    544    8,302    (8,846 )      ---  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan            (66 )          (66 )
Purchase and Retirement of Common Stock    (165,286 )  (165 )  (2,518 )          (2,683 )
Purchase of Interest in Fractional Shares                (32 )      (32 )






 
Balances, December 31, 2002    11,460,731    11,461    78,836    12,298    1,924    104,519  
 
Comprehensive Income:  
Net Income                8,168        8,168  
Changes in Unrealized Gain/(Loss)   
   on Securities Available for Sale, net                    (1,747 )  (1,747 )
   Change in Minimum Pension Liability                    (169 )  (169 )

     Total Comprehensive Income                        6,252  
Cash Dividends ($.53 per share)                (5,984 )      (5,984 )
Issuance of Common Stock for:  
   Exercise of Stock Options    14,807    15    555    (542 )      28  
   Director Stock Awards    15,939    16    288            304  
   5% Stock Dividend    520,233    520    8,740    (9,260 )      ---  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan            (120 )          (120 )
Purchase and Retirement of Common Stock    (1,078,828 )  (1,079 )  (20,767 )          (21,846 )
Purchase of Interest in Fractional Shares                (27 )      (27 )






 
Balances, December 31, 2003    10,932,882    10,933    67,532    4,653    8    83,126  
 
Comprehensive Income:  
Net Income                7,239        7,239  
Changes in Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on  
   Securities Available for Sale, net                    178    178  
Changes in Minimum Pension Liability                    (10 )  (10 )

     Total Comprehensive Income                        7,407  
Cash Dividends ($.56 per share)                (6,114 )      (6,114 )
Issuance of Common Stock for:  
   Exercise of Stock Options    9,359    9    25            34  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan            (76 )          (76 )
Purchase and Retirement of Common Stock    (44,000 )  (44 )  (664 )          (708 )






 
Balances, December 31, 2004    10,898,241   $ 10,898   $ 66,817   $ 5,778   $ 176   $ 83,669  






See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




31


        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
        Dollars in thousands

Years Ended December 31,
 
2004
2003
2002
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net Income   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash from Operating Activities:  
    Net Amortization on Securities    1,042    2,134    1,635  
    Depreciation and Amortization    2,734    2,585    2,125  
    Amortization and Impairment of Mortgage Servicing Rights    504    660    992  
    Net Change in Loans Held-for-Sale    (2,349 )  10,032    (8,587 )
    Loss in Investment in Limited Partnership    162    223    170  
    Provision for Loan Losses    2,015    811    1,115  
    Loss / (Gain) on Securities, net    3,678    (80 )  (17 )
    Loss / (Gain) on Sales of Other Real Estate and Repossessed Assets    (17 )  222    (42 )
    Loss / (Gain) on Disposition and Impairment of Premises and Equipment    30    20    (48 )
    Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    1,898    66  
    Director Stock Awards    ---    304    309  
    FHLB Stock Dividends    (598 )  (482 )  ---  
    Increase in Cash Surrender Value of Company Owned Life Insurance (COLI)    (709 )  (432 )  (362 )
    Change in Assets and Liabilities:  
       Interest Receivable and Other Assets    (1,272 )  (531 )  11,192  
       Interest Payable and Other Liabilities    (717 )  (125 )  1,330  



          Net Cash from Operating Activities    11,742    25,407    19,320  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
    Change in Interest-bearing Balances with Banks    ---    ---    299  
    Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Available-for-Sale    36,745    140,227    68,351  
    Proceeds from Sales of Securities Available-for-Sale    1,986    18,239    19,975  
    Purchase of Securities Available-for-Sale    (29,059 )  (135,116 )  (143,944 )
    Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Held-to-Maturity    4,095    3,420    2,223  
    Purchase of Loans    (12,837 )  (5,570 )  (4,701 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Loans    2,894    2,644    1,025  
    Loans Made to Customers, net of Payments Received    (10,216 )  219    47,047  
    Proceeds from Sales of Other Real Estate    1,306    1,576    1,353  
    Property and Equipment Expenditures    (1,328 )  (2,083 )  (4,175 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Property and Equipment    364    6    547  
    Purchase of Company Owned Life Insurance    ---    (10,000 )  ---  
    Acquire Insurance Agencies    ---    (2,513 )  (325 )



          Net Cash from Investing Activities    (6,050 )  11,049    (12,325 )
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
    Change in Deposits    33,250    9,939    (19,680 )
    Change in Short-term Borrowings    (10,006 )  25,047    (7,027 )
    Advances in Long-term Debt    4,500    8,000    1,145  
    Repayments of Long-term Debt    (11,439 )  (54,705 )  (36,250 )
    Issuance of Common Stock    34    28    351  
    Purchase / Retire Common Stock    (708 )  (21,846 )  (2,683 )
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan    (76 )  (120 )  (66 )
    Dividends Paid    (6,114 )  (5,984 )  (6,136 )
    Purchase of Interests in Fractional Shares    ---    (27 )  (32 )



          Net Cash from Financing Activities    9,441    (39,668 )  (70,378 )



 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents    15,133    (3,212 )  (63,383 )
    Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year    32,533    35,745    99,128  



    Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year   $ 47,666   $ 32,533   $ 35,745  



Cash Paid During the Year for:  
    Interest   $ 16,813   $ 21,627   $ 29,189  
    Income Taxes    786    1,026    1,214  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




32


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
German American Bancorp operations are primarily comprised of four business segments: core banking, mortgage banking, financial services and insurance operations. The accounting and reporting policies of German American Bancorp and its subsidiaries conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The more significant policies are described below. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current classifications. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates susceptible to change in the near term include the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of securities, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights and financial instruments, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and loss contingencies.

Securities
Securities classified as available-for-sale are securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily until maturity. These include securities that management may use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or similar reasons. Equity Securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities held as available-for-sale are reported at market value with unrealized gains or losses included as a separate component of equity, net of tax. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are securities that the Company has both the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost. Restricted stock, such as stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), is carried at cost.

Premium amortization is deducted from, and discount accretion is added to, interest income using the level yield method. The cost of securities sold is computed on the identified securities method. Securities are written down to fair value when a decline in fair value is not considered temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value, in aggregate.

Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term without anticipating prepayments. Interest income is discontinued on impaired loans and loans past due 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection. All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or special mention. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.




33


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Loan impairment is reported when full repayment under the terms of the loan is not expected. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate, or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Commercial, agricultural and poultry loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total. Such loans include real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residences and loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures. Individually evaluated loans on non-accrual are generally considered impaired. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Premises, Furniture and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Premises, furniture and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Other Real Estate
Other Real Estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs. Expenses incurred in carrying Other Real Estate are charged to operations as incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill results from prior business acquisitions and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but is assessed at least annually for impairment with any such impairment recognized in the period identified.

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit and acquired customer relationship intangible assets. They are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on a straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from 7 to 10 years.

Company Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain directors and executives. This life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value or the amount that can be realized.

Servicing Rights
Servicing rights are recognized and included with other assets for purchased rights and for the allocated value of retained servicing rights on loans sold. Servicing rights are expensed in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the rights, using groupings of the underlying loans as to type and age, with any impairment of a grouping reported as a valuation allowance. Fair value is determined based upon discounted cash flows using market based assumptions.

Loss contingencies
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Stock Compensation
Compensation expense under stock options is reported, if applicable, using the intrinsic value method. No compensation expense has been recognized in net income. Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 requires pro forma disclosures for companies that do not adopt its fair value accounting method for stock-based employee compensation. Accordingly, the following pro forma information presents net income and earnings per share had the Standard’s fair value method been used to measure compensation cost for stock option plans.

2004 2003 2002
 
Net Income as Reported $     7,239 $     8,168 $     9,442
Compensation Expense Under Fair Value Method, Net of Tax 246 268 229



Pro forma Net Income $      6,993 $     7,900  $     9,213 
Pro forma Earnings per Share $        0.64 $        0.71 $        0.77
Proforma Diluted Earnings per Shares $        0.64 $        0.70 $        0.77
Earnings per Share as Reported $        0.66 $        0.73 $        0.79
Diluted Earnings per Share as Reported $        0.66 $        0.73 $        0.78



34


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

For options granted during 2004, 2003 and 2002, the weighted-average fair values at grant date are $2.89, $3.04 and $2.88, respectively. The fair value of options granted during 2004, 2003 and 2002 was estimated using the following weighted-average information: risk-free interest rate of 2.79%, 2.56% and 3.89%, expected life of 4.3, 4.4 and 4.1 years, expected volatility of stock price of .24, .25 and .27, and expected dividends of 3.20%, 3.11% and 2.88% per year.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and changes in minimum pension liability, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined at each balance sheet date and are the result of differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Income tax expense is the amount due on the current year tax returns plus or minus the change in deferred taxes. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share is based on net income divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share shows the potential dilutive effect of additional common shares issuable under stock options. Earnings per share is retroactively restated for stock dividends.

Cash Flow Reporting
The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include cash on hand, demand deposits in other institutions and Federal Funds Sold.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business, or the values of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

New Accounting Pronouncements
FAS 123R requires all public companies to record compensation cost for stock options provided to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options. This will apply to awards granted or modified on or after July 1, 2005. Compensation cost will also be recorded for prior option grants that vest after the date of adoption. The effect on results of operations will depend on the level of future option grants and the calculation of the fair value of the options granted at such future date, as well as the vesting periods provided, and cannot currently be predicted. Existing options that will vest after adoption date are expected to result in additional compensation expense of approximately $48 during the balance of 2005, $58 in 2006, $27 in 2007, $9 in 2008, and $1 in 2009. There will be no significant effect on financial position as total equity will not change.

SOP 03-3 requires that a valuation allowance for loans acquired in a transfer, including in a business combination, reflect only losses incurred after acquisition and should not be recorded at acquisition. It applies to any loan acquired in a transfer that showed evidence of credit quality deterioration since it was made. The effect of this new standard on the Company’s financial position and results of operations will depend upon the amount of such loans acquired in the future.

Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments”, contains guidance regarding other-than-temporary impairment on securities that was to take effect for the quarter ended September 30, 2004. However, the effective date of portions of this guidance has been delayed, and more interpretive guidance is expected to be issued in the future. The effect of this new and pending guidance on the Company’s financial statements is not known, but it is possible this guidance could change management’s assessment of other-than-temporary impairment in future periods.




35


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 2 – Securities

The amortized cost, gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and fair value of Securities Available-for-Sale were as follows:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Securities Available-for-Sale:                    
2004  
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of  
    U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies   $ 4,060   $ ---   $ (26 ) $ 4,034  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions    29,807    829    (15 )  30,621  
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    131,614    455    (868 )  131,201  
Corporate Securities    503    ---    ---    503  
Equity Securities    15,149    168    ---    15,317  




    Total   $ 181,133   $ 1,452   $ (909 ) $ 181,676  




 
2003    
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of  
    U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies   $ 4,112   $ 1   $ (23 ) $ 4,090  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions    37,421    1,178    (20 )  38,579  
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    136,674    590    (679 )  136,585  
Corporate Securities    506    9    ---    515  
Equity Securities    16,808    286    (1,070 )  16,024  




    Total   $ 195,521   $ 2,064   $ (1,792 ) $ 195,793  




The carrying amount, unrecognized gains and losses and fair value of Securities Held-to-Maturity were as follows:

Carrying
Amount

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Securities Held-to-Maturity:                    
2004  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions   $ 13,318   $ 319   $ (1 ) $ 13,636  
 
2003  
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions   $ 17,417   $ 552   $ (5 ) $ 17,964  

The amortized cost and fair value of Securities at December 31, 2004 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some issuers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Asset-backed, Mortgage-backed and Equity Securities are not due at a single maturity date and are shown separately.

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Securities Available-for-Sale:            
Due in one year or less   $ 1,330   $ 1,333  
Due after one year through five years    8,494    8,604  
Due after five years through ten years    14,690    15,162  
Due after ten years    9,856    10,059  
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    131,614    131,201  
Equity Securities    15,149    15,317  


    Totals   $ 181,133   $ 181,676  





36


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 2 – Securities (continued)

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

Securities Held-to-Maturity:            
Due in one year or less   $ 1,547   $ 1,552  
Due after one year through five years    4,683    4,820  
Due after five years through ten years    2,796    2,877  
Due after ten years    4,292    4,387  


    Totals   $ 13,318   $ 13,636  


Proceeds from the Sales of Securities are summarized below:

2004
Available-
for-Sale
2003
Available-
for-Sale
2002
Available-
for-Sale
 
Proceeds from Sales and Calls     $ 1,986   $ 18,239   $ 19,975  
Gross Gains on Sales and Calls    5    126    17  
Gross Losses on Sales and Calls    ---    (46 )  ---  
 
Income Taxes on Gross Gains    2    43    6  
Income Taxes on Gross Losses    ---    (16 )  ---  

The carrying value of securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements, public and trust deposits, and for other purposes as required by law was $94,995 and $89,398 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Below is a summary of securities with unrealized losses as of year-end 2004 and 2003, presented by length of time the securities have been in an unrealized loss position:

At December 31, 2004:    Less than 12 Months   
   12 Months or More   
               Total                
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of                            
    Government Corporations and Agencies   $ 2,534   $ (26 ) $ ---   $ ---   $ 2,534   $ (26 )
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions    2,085    (16 )  ---    ---    2,085    (16 )
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    74,038    (570 )  19,458    (298 )  93,496    (868 )
Corporate Securities    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---  
Equity Securities    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---  






    Total   $ 78,657   $ (612 ) $ 19,458   $ (298 ) $ 98,115   $ (910 )






The Company’s equity portfolio is primarily comprised of floating rate preferred stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). In the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized a $3.68 million non-cash, pre-tax charge for the other-than-temporary decline in value on this floating rate preferred stock portfolio. The Company accounts for these securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, which requires that if the decline in fair market value below cost is determined to be other-than-temporary, the unrealized loss must be recognized as expense in the income statement. During the quarter ended December 31, 2004, public disclosures regarding accounting practices at FNMA and a multi-billion dollar FNMA preferred stock issuance with a substantially different structure and higher yield than previous offerings had a detrimental effect on the fair value of both the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings. As a result of these factors and the magnitude and length of time the market value had been below cost, management could not forecast full recovery of the fair values in a reasonable time period and concluded that the preferred stock is other than temporarily impaired. Accordingly, the other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the income statement as an investment securities loss.




37


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 2 – Securities (continued)

The Company’s Asset/Mortgage backed securities portfolio has been issued primarily by governmental agencies (i.e. GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC). Gross unrealized losses on these securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer were $298 at December 31, 2004. The Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities for the foreseeable future, and the decline in fair value was largely due to changes in market interest rates, therefore, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2004.

Gross unrealized losses on all securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months were $612 at December 31, 2004. The Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities for the foreseeable future, and the decline in fair value was largely due to changes in market interest rates, therefore, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2004.

At December 31, 2003:    Less than 12 Months   
   12 Months or More   
               Total                
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Loss

U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of                            
    Government Corporations and Agencies   $ 2,051   $ (23 ) $---    ---   $ 2,051   $ (23 )
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions    1,491    (7 )  1,608    (18 )  3,099    (25 )
Asset- / Mortgage-backed Securities    68,906    (679 )  ---    ---    68,906    (679 )
Corporate Securities    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---  
Equity Securities    ---    ---    4,663    (1,070 )  4,663    (1,070 )






    Total   $ 72,448   $ (709 ) $ 6,271   $ (1,088 ) $ 78,719   $ (1,797 )






At December 31, 2003, unrealized losses on the Company’s securities portfolio were not recognized into income because the securities were of high credit quality (rated AA or higher), management had the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, and the decline in fair value was largely due to changes in market interest rates. The Company’s Asset/Mortgage backed securities portfolio and Equity portfolio was issued primarily by governmental agencies (i.e. GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC) and the equity securities were preferred shares that carried a variable interest rate. The fair value was expected to recover as the securities approached their maturity/repricing date and/or market rates changed.

NOTE 3 – Loans

Loans were comprised of the following classifications at December 31:

2004
2003
Residential Mortgage Loans     $ 94,800   $ 110,325  
Agricultural and Poultry Loans    104,592    94,099  
Commercial and Industrial Loans    308,763    294,015  
Consumer Loans    122,888    114,816  


    Totals   $ 631,043   $ 613,255  


 
Nonperforming loans were as follows at December 31:  
 
Loans past due over 90 days and accruing and Restructured Loans   $ 831   $ 962  
Non-accrual loans    5,750    1,817  


    Totals   $ 6,581   $ 2,779  





38


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 3 – Loans (continued)

Information regarding impaired loans: 2004
2003
               
 
Year-end impaired loans with no allowance for loan losses allocated   $ 905   $ 834  
Year-end impaired loans with allowance for loan losses allocated    4,618    1,355  
 
Amount of allowance allocated to impaired loans    992    246    2002
 
 
Average balance of impaired loans during the year    4,400    1,313   $ 2,025  
 
Interest income recognized during impairment    263    103          110  
Interest income recognized on cash basis    243    102          101  

Certain directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders of the Company, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Company during 2004. A summary of the activity of these loans follows:

Balance
January 1,
2004

Additions
Changes
in Persons
Included

Deductions
Collected                        Charged-off

Balance
December 31,
2004

$16,945       $19,327       $515         $(12,918 )                       $--- $23,869        

NOTE 4 – Allowance for Loan Losses

A summary of the activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses follows:

2004
2003
2002
Balance as of January 1     $ 8,265   $ 8,301   $ 8,388  
Provision for Loan Losses    2,015    811    1,115  
Recoveries of Prior Loan Losses    371    784    383  
Loan Losses Charged to the Allowance    (1,850 )  (1,631 )  (1,585 )



Balance as of December 31   $ 8,801   $ 8,265   $ 8,301  






39


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 5 – Mortgage Banking

The amount of loans serviced by the Company for the benefit of others was $316,948 and $305,927 at December 31, 2004 and 2003. These loans are owned by outside parties and are not included in the assets of the Company.

Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights and the related valuation allowance was as follows. The net balance of mortgage servicing rights is included in Other Assets.

2004
2003
2002
Servicing Rights:                
        Beginning of Year   $ 3,368   $ 2,694   $ 1,979  
        Additions    643    1,687    986  
        Amortized to Expense    (467 )  (420 )  (271 )
        Direct Write-downs    (145 )  (593 )  ---  



        End of Year   $ 3,399   $ 3,368   $ 2,694  



Valuation Allowance:  
        Beginning of Year   $ 885   $ 1,238   $ 517  
        Additions Expensed    363    706    784  
        Reductions Credited to Expense    (326 )  (466 )  (63 )
        Direct Write-downs    (145 )  (593 )  ---  



        End of Year   $ 777   $ 885   $ 1,238  



The fair value of servicing rights was $2,695 and $2,647 at December 31, 2004 and 2003. For purposes of determining fair value, a discount rate of 9% was assumed at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Weighted average prepayment speeds applied were 19% and 20% at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Fair values were determined using a discounted cash-flow model.

NOTE 6 – Premises, Furniture, and Equipment

Premises, furniture, and equipment was comprised of the following classifications at December 31:

2004
2003
Land     $ 3,947   $ 4,086  
Buildings and Improvements    23,256    23,001  
Furniture and Equipment    15,158    14,721  


    Total Premises, Furniture and Equipment    42,361    41,808  
    Less: Accumulated Depreciation    (22,130 )  (20,203 )


       Total   $ 20,231   $ 21,605  


Depreciation expense was $2,308, $2,418 and $2,067 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

NOTE 7 – Deposits

At year-end 2004, interest-bearing deposits include $305,341 of demand and savings deposits and $321,915 of time deposits. Stated maturities of time deposits were as follows:

          2004     $ 197,162  
          2005    42,257  
          2006    48,208  
          2007    30,821  
          2008    3,443  
          Thereafter    24  

             Total   $ 321,915  

  

Time deposits of $100 or more at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $69,583 and $53,833.




40


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 8 – FHLB Advances and Other Borrowed Money

The Company’s funding sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements. Information regarding each of these types of borrowings is as follows:

December 31,
2004
2003
Long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank collateralized by            
    qualifying mortgages, investment securities, and mortgage-backed securities   $ 59,366   $ 68,730  
Promissory notes payable    10,575    8,150  


    Long-term borrowings    69,941    76,880  


 
Overnight variable rate advances from Federal Home Loan Bank collateralized
    by qualifying mortgages, investment securities, and mortgage-backed securities
   $---   $ 8,500  
Federal Funds Purchased    ---    4,000  
Repurchase Agreements    25,673    23,179  


    Short-term borrowings    25,673    35,679  


 
       Total borrowings   $ 95,614   $ 112,559  


Repurchase agreements, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature within one day of the transaction date. Repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The corporation may be required to provide additional collateral based on the value of the underlying securities.

At December 31, 2004 interest rates on the fixed rate long-term FHLB advances ranged from 2.50% to 7.22% with a weighted average rate of 5.93%. Of the $59.4 million, $50.0 million or 84% of the advances contained options whereby the FHLB may convert the fixed rate advance to an adjustable rate advance, at which time the company may prepay the advance without penalty. The options on these advances are subject to a variety of terms including LIBOR based strike rates.

At December 31, 2003 interest rates on the fixed rate long-term FHLB advances ranged from 4.98% to 7.27% with a weighted average rate of 6.10%. Of the $68.7 million, $52.6 million or 77% of the advances contained options whereby the FHLB may convert the fixed rate advance to an adjustable rate advance, at which time the company may prepay the advance without penalty. The options on these advances are subject to a variety of terms including LIBOR based strike rates.

During 2003, the Company’s mortgage banking segment prepaid $40 million of FHLB advances. The prepayment fees associated with the extinguishment of this debt totaled $1.9 million.

At December 31, 2004, the notes payable shown above includes $10.5 million outstanding on a $15.0 million line of credit at the Parent Company. Interest on the line of credit is based upon 90-day LIBOR plus 1.25% with a .15% commitment fee on the unused portion of the line of credit. The line of credit matures in March 2005. Under the terms of this note, the Company and all of its bank subsidiaries must maintain a “well-capitalized” status.

Scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings at December 31, 2004 are as follows:

2005     $ 32,335  
2006    2,485  
2007    2,317  
2008    1,168  
2009    10,026  
Thereafter    21,610  

     Total   $ 69,941  




41


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 9 – Stockholders’ Equity (share and per share amounts adjusted for stock dividends)

The Company and affiliate banks are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required.

At December 31, 2004, consolidated and affiliate bank actual capital and minimum required levels are presented below:

Actual Minimum Required
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes:
Minimum Required
To Be Well-
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Regulations:
 
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
 
Total Capital                            
   (to Risk Weighted Assets)  
     Consolidated   $ 87,821    11 .83% $59,386  8 .00% 74,232    10 .00%
     German American Bank    37,180    10 .85  27,402    8 .00  34,252    10 .00
     First American Bank    13,396    14 .85  7,218    8 .00  9,023    10 .00
     Peoples Bank    16,692    12 .32  10,835    8 .00  13,543    10 .00
     Citizens State Bank    12,528    12 .06  8,309    8 .00  10,386    10 .00
     First State Bank    6,636    10 .72  4,954    8 .00  6,192    10 .00
 
Tier 1 Capital  
   (to Risk Weighted Assets)  
     Consolidated   $ 78,945    10 .63% $29,693  4 .00% $44,539    6 .00%
     German American Bank    33,510    9 .78  13,701    4 .00  20,551    6 .00
     First American Bank    12,260    13 .59  3,609    4 .00  5,414    6 .00
     Peoples Bank    15,203    11 .23  5,417    4 .00  8,126    6 .00
     Citizens State Bank    11,345    10 .92  4,154    4 .00  6,232    6 .00
     First State Bank    5,949    9 .61  2,477    4 .00  3,715    6 .00
 
Tier 1 Capital  
   (to Average Assets)  
     Consolidated   $ 78,945    8 .50% $37,143  4 .00% $46,428    5 .00%
     German American Bank    33,510    7 .99  16,774    4 .00  20,968    5 .00
     First American Bank    12,260    9 .50  5,159    4 .00  6,449    5 .00
     Peoples Bank    15,203    7 .80  7,792    4 .00  9,740    5 .00
     Citizens State Bank    11,345    9 .19  4,938    4 .00  6,172    5 .00
     First State Bank    5,949    7 .76  3,065    4 .00  3,831    5 .00



42


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 9 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

At December 31, 2003, consolidated and affiliate bank actual capital and minimum required levels are presented below:

Actual Minimum Required
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes:
Minimum Required
To Be Well-
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Regulations:
 
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
 
Total Capital                            
   (to Risk Weighted Assets)    
     Consolidated   85,999    12 .30% 55,956    8 .00% 69,945    10 .00%
     German American Bank    36,507    10 .72  27,232    8 .00  34,040    10 .00
     First American Bank    13,314    14 .39  7,403    8 .00  9,254    10 .00
     Peoples Bank    15,957    11 .55  11,054    8 .00  13,817    10 .00
     Citizens State Bank    12,343    12 .04  8,199    8 .00  10,248    10 .00
     First State Bank    5,860    10 .65  4,401    8 .00  5,501    10 .00
 
Tier 1 Capital  
   (to Risk Weighted Assets)  
     Consolidated   77,734    11 .11% 27,978    4 .00% 41,967    6 .00%
     German American Bank    33,102    9 .72  13,616    4 .00  20,424    6 .00
     First American Bank    12,153    13 .13  3,701    4 .00  5,552    6 .00
     Peoples Bank    14,710    10 .65  5,527    4 .00  8,290    6 .00
     Citizens State Bank    11,060    10 .79  4,099    4 .00  6,149    6 .00
     First State Bank    5,178    9 .41  2,200    4 .00  3,300    6 .00
 
Tier 1 Capital  
   (to Average Assets)  
     Consolidated   $ 77,734    8 .40% 37,034  4 .00% 46,293    5 .00%
     German American Bank    33,102    7 .99  16,566    4 .00  20,708    5 .00
     First American Bank    12,153    8 .12  5,990    4 .00  7,487    5 .00
     Peoples Bank    14,710    7 .92  7,431    4 .00  9,289    5 .00
     Citizens State Bank    11,060    8 .96  4,935    4 .00  6,169    5 .00
     First State Bank    5,178    7 .38  2,808    4 .00  3,510    5 .00

The Company and all affiliate Banks at year-end 2004 and 2003 were categorized as well-capitalized. There have been no conditions or events that management believes have changed classification of the Company or affiliate Banks under the prompt corrective action regulations since the last notification from regulators. Regulations require the maintenance of certain capital levels at each affiliate bank, and may limit the dividends payable by the affiliates to the holding company, or by the holding company to its shareholders. At December 31, 2004 the affiliates had $10.3 million in retained earnings available for dividends to the parent company without prior regulatory approval.

Stock Options

The Company maintains Stock Option Plans and at December 31, 2004, has reserved 620,144 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for subsequent stock dividends and subject to further customary anti-dilution adjustments) for the purpose of issuance pursuant to outstanding and future grants of options to officers, directors and other employees of the Company. Options may be designated as “incentive stock options” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as nonqualified options. While the date after which options are first exercisable is determined by the Stock Option Committee of the Company or, in the case of options granted to directors, by the Board of Directors, no stock option may be exercised after ten years from the date of grant (twenty years in the case of nonqualified stock options). The exercise price of stock options granted pursuant to the Plans must be no less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant.

The Plans authorize an optionee to pay the exercise price of options in cash or in common shares of the Company or in some combination of cash and common shares. An optionee may tender already-owned common shares to the Company in exercise of an option. In this instance, the Company is obligated to issue to such optionee a replacement option for the number of shares tendered, as follows: (a) of the same type as the option exercised (either an incentive stock option or a non-qualified option); (b) with the same expiration date; and (c) priced at the fair market value of the stock on that date. Replacement options may generally not be exercised until one year from the date of grant and (subject to certain exceptions) are cancelled if the optionee sells any Company stock prior to that date.




43


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 9 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

Changes in options outstanding were as follows, as adjusted to reflect stock dividends:

Number
of Options
Weighted-average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding, beginning of 2002       285,725   $ 14.19
Granted    104,060    14.73
Exercised    (39,476 )  12.67
Forfeited    (5,373 )  12.15
Expired    ---    ---  

Outstanding, end of 2002    344,936    14.56
Granted    101,587    17.99
Exercised    (66,660 )  13.81
Forfeited    (2,303 )  15.16
Expired    (430 )  21.34

Outstanding, end of 2003    377,130    15.61
Granted    87,685    17.36
Exercised    (32,608 )  13.00
Forfeited    (2,040 )  16.12
Expired    ---    ---  

Outstanding, end of 2004    430,167    16.16

Options outstanding at year-end 2004 are as follows:

Outstanding
Exercisable
Range of
Exercise
Prices
                Number
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
                Number
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
$ 11.93 - $ 13.07 88,807  2.27 57,499 $     12.45
$ 14.20 - $ 16.52 87,447  4.08 52,049        14.93
$ 17.51 - $ 18.28 253,913  6.40 128,664        18.18


430,167  5.08 238,212        16.08


Options exercisable and the weighted average exercise price at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were 185,759 at $15.73 and 172,652 at $15.58, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company maintains an Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby eligible employees can purchase the Company’s common stock at a discount. The purchase price of the shares under this plan is 85% of the fair market value of such stock at the beginning or end of the period, whichever is less. The plan provides for the purchase of up to 542,420 shares of common stock, which the Company may obtain by purchases on the open market or from private sources, or by issuing authorized but unissued common shares. The Company purchased common shares on the open market in 2004, 2003, and 2002. Funding for the purchase of common stock was from employee contributions and Company contributions. Company contributions totaled $76, $120, and $66 for 2004, 2003, and 2002.

Stock Repurchase Plan

On April 26, 2001 the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for up to 607,754 of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company. Shares may be purchased from time to time in the open market and in large block privately negotiated transactions. The Company is not obligated to purchase any shares under the program, and the program may be discontinued at any time before the maximum number of shares specified by the program are purchased. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had purchased 251,965 shares under the program.




44


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 9 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

Self Tender Offer

On February 7, 2003 the Company commenced a self tender offer for up to 1.05 million of its common shares, or approximately 9% of its then outstanding shares, at a purchase price of $19.05 per share. On March 20, 2003, the Company purchased 1,110,444 shares under the offer, including 60,444 shares that the Company purchased in accordance with the optional purchase provision of the offer. The Company’s total cost in purchasing the shares, including fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer, was approximately $21,442,000.

NOTE 10 – Employee Benefit Plans

The Company provides a contributory trusteed 401(k) deferred compensation and profit sharing plan, which covers substantially all full-time employees. The Company agrees to match certain employee contributions under the 401(k) portion of the plan, while profit sharing contributions are discretionary and are subject to determination by the Board of Directors. Company contributions were $495, $1,137, and $1,184 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

Prior to the second quarter of 2004, the Company self-insured employee health benefits for the majority of its subsidiaries. Since then, the Company has self-isured all employee health benefits. Stop loss insurance covers annual losses exceeding $70 per covered individual and approximately $1,755 in the aggregate. Management’s policy is to establish a reserve for claims not submitted by a charge to earnings based on prior experience. Charges to earnings were $1,145, $868, and $873 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

The Company maintains deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain directors and officers. Under the plans the company agrees, in return for the directors and officers deferring the receipt of a portion of their current compensation, to pay a retirement benefit computed as the amount of the compensation deferred plus accrued interest at a variable rate. Accrued benefits payable totaled $3,577 and $3,653 at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Deferred compensation expense was $315, $895, and $327 for 2004, 2003, and 2002. In conjunction with the plans, the Company has purchased life insurance on certain directors and officers.

The Company acquired through previous bank mergers a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan with benefits based on years of service and compensation prior to retirement. The benefits under the plan were suspended in 1998. During 2004, the Company incurred $52 on partial settlements of the plan. During 2003, there were no losses incurred on partial settlements of the plan, and during 2002, $39 was incurred on partial settlements. The Company uses a September 30 measurement date for its plan.




45


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 10 – Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Accumulated plan benefit information for the Company’s plan as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

2004
2003
Changes in Benefit Obligation:            
Obligation at beginning of year   $ 936   $ 959  
Service cost    ---    ---  
Interest cost    54    61  
Benefits paid    (200 )  (91 )
Actuarial gain    42    7  
Adjustment in cost of settlement    27    ---  


Obligation at end of year    859    936  


Changes in Plan Assets:  
Fair value at beginning of year    744    782  
Actual return on plan assets    8    53  
Employer contributions    ---    ---  
Benefits paid    (200 )  (91 )


Fair value at end of year    552    744  


Funded Status:  
Funded status at end of year    (307 )  (191 )
Unrecognized prior service cost    (5 )  (8 )
Unrecognized net loss    306    294  
Unrecognized transition asset    (5 )  (7 )


Pension (liability) or prepaid benefit cost   $ (11 ) $ 88  


 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:  
 
     2004    2003  
(Accrued) Prepaid benefit cost   $ (11 ) $ 88  
Minimum pension liability    (296 )  (279 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income    179    169  

Because the plan has been suspended, the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation are the same. The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan exceeds the fair value of the assets included in the plan.

Net periodic pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was as follows:

2004 2003 2002
Interest cost     $ 54   $ 61   $ 66  
Expected return on assets    (31 )  (38 )  (50 )
Amortization of transition amount    (2 )  (1 )  (2 )
Amortization of prior service cost    (3 )  (3 )  (3 )
Recognition of net loss    29    34    15  



Net periodic pension expense   $ 47   $ 53   $ 26  



 
Additional Information   2004   2003
 
Increase in minimum liability included in other  
    comprehensive income   $ 10   $ 169  



46


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 10 – Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at year-end:

2004
2003
 
Discount rate 6.00% 6.25%  
Rate of compensation increase N/A N/A(1)
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net cost:
2004
2003
2002
Discount rate 6.25% 6.50% 7.50%
Expected return on plan assets 5.00% 5.00% 5.50%
Rate of compensation increase N/A  N/A  N/A(1)

(1) Benefits under the plan were suspended in 1998; therefore, the weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels was not applicable for all years presented.

The expected return on plan assets was determined based upon rates that are expected to be available for future reinvestment of earnings and maturing investments along with consideration given to the current mix of plan assets.

Plan Assets

The Company’s defined benefit pension plan asset allocation at year-end 2004 and 2003 and target allocation for 2005 by asset category are as follows:

Target
Allocation
Percentage of Plan Assets
at Year-end
2005
2004
2003
Asset Category                
 
  Cash    21 %  1 %  7 %
  Certificate of Deposits    56 %  76 %  75 %
  Equity Securities    23 %  23 %  18 %



        Total    100 %  100 %  100 %



Plan benefits are suspended. Therefore, the Company has invested predominantly in relatively short-term investments over the past two years. No significant changes to investing strategies are anticipated.

The above mentioned Equity Securities consist of the Company’s stock for all periods presented.

Contributions

The Company expects to contribute $21 to the pension plan during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005.

Estimated Future Benefits

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

Year
Benefits
2005 $  41    
2006 51    
2007 50    
2008 49    
2009 47    
2010-2014 266    



47


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 11 – Income Taxes

2004
2003
2002
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:                
Currently Payable   $ 1,811   $ 883   $ 817  
Deferred    (619 )  192    1,170  
Change in Valuation Allowance    (196 )  196    ---  



    Total   $ 996   $ 1,271   $ 1,987  



 
Income tax expense is reconciled to the 34% statutory rate applied to pre-tax income as follows:  
 
     2004
   2003
   2002
 
 
Statutory Rate Times Pre-tax Income   $ 2,800   $ 3,209   $ 3,886  
Add/(Subtract) the Tax Effect of:  
    Income from Tax-exempt Loans and Investments    (845 )  (1,035 )  (1,292 )
    State Income Tax, Net of Federal Tax Effect    25    (2 )  95  
    Low Income Housing Credit    (525 )  (520 )  (525 )
    Dividends Received Deduction    (165 )  (183 )  (207 )
    Company Owned Life Insurance    (241 )  (147 )  (123 )
    Other Differences    (53 )  (51 )  153  



      Total Income Taxes   $ 996   $ 1,271   $ 1,987  



 
The net deferred tax asset at December 31 consists of the following:  
 
    2004
  2003
 Deferred Tax Assets:  
    Allowance for Loan Losses   $ 2,543   $ 2,331  
    Deferred Compensation and Employee Benefits    1,596    1,533  
    Intangibles    40    30  
    Unused Tax Credits    3,337    3,057  
    Unrealized Capital Loss on Equity Securities    1,252    ---  
    Minimum Pension Liability    117    110  
    Net Operating Loss Carryforward    ---    193  
    Other    244    203  


      Total Deferred Tax Assets    9,129    7,457  
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:  
    Depreciation    (861 )  (866 )
    Leasing Activities, Net    (3,227 )  (2,495 )
    Mortgage Servicing Rights    (1,032 )  (978 )
    Investment in Low Income Housing Partnerships    (372 )  (319 )
    Unrealized Appreciation on Securities    (188 )  (95 )
    FHLB Stock Dividends    (540 )  (304 )
    Other    (263 )  (287 )


      Total Deferred Tax Liabilities    (6,483 )  (5,344 )
Valuation Allowance    (45 )  (241 )


      Net Deferred Tax Asset   $ 2,601   $ 1,872  


The Company has $1,818 of general business credit carryforward, which will expire in years 2021 thru 2024. The Company also has $1,519 of alternative minimum tax credit carryforward, which under current tax law has no expiration period. The valuation allowance on deferred tax assets declined during 2004 due to the realization of Indiana net operating loss carryforwards.




48


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 11 – Income Taxes (continued)

Under the Internal Revenue Code, through 1996 First Federal Bank (now First American Bank) was allowed a special bad debt deduction related to additions to tax bad debt reserves established for the purpose of absorbing losses. Subject to certain limitations, First Federal Bank was permitted to deduct from taxable income an allowance for bad debts based on a percentage of taxable income before such deductions or actual loss experience. First Federal Bank generally computed its annual addition to its bad debt reserves using the percentage of taxable income method; however, due to certain limitations in 1996, First Federal Bank was only allowed a deduction based on actual loss experience. Retained earnings at December 31, 2004, include approximately $2,300 for which no provision for federal income taxes has been made. This amount represents allocations of income for allowable bad debt deductions. Reduction of amounts so allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses will create taxable income, which will be subject to the then current corporate income tax rate. It is not contemplated that amounts allocated to bad debt deductions will be used in any manner to create taxable income. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount at December 31, 2004 was approximately $782.

Since December 31, 2001, the Company’s effective tax rate has been favorably impacted by Indiana financial institution tax savings resulting from the Company’s formation of investment subsidiaries in the state of Nevada by four of the Company’s banking subsidiaries.  The state of Nevada has no state or local income tax.  An auditor employed by the Indiana Department of Revenue (“Department”) has, in the course of the Department’s pending audit of the Company’s financial institutions tax return for the year 2002, advised the Company that the Department is considering issuing a notice of proposed assessment for unpaid financial institutions tax for the year 2002 of approximately $590 ($389 net of federal tax) plus interest, based on the auditor’s inclusion of the income of the Nevada subsidiaries in the Indiana return for that year.  If the Department issues such a notice of proposed assessment, the Company intends to file a protest with the Department contesting the proposed assessment and would defend its position that the income of the Nevada subsidiaries is not subject to the Indiana financial institutions tax. Although there can be no such assurance, at this time management does not believe this potential assessment will result in additional tax liability. Therefore, no tax provision has been recognized for the potential assessment of additional financial institutions tax for 2002 or for financial institutions tax with respect to any of the Nevada subsidiaries in any period subsequent to 2002, including the year-ended December 31, 2004.

NOTE 12 – Per Share Data

Earnings and Diluted Earnings per Share amounts have been retroactively computed as though shares issued for stock dividends had been outstanding for all periods presented. The computation of Earnings per Share and Diluted Earnings per Share are provided below:

2004
2003
2002
Earnings per Share:                
Net Income   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442  
 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding    10,914,622    11,176,766    12,007,009  



    Earnings per Share   $ 0.66   $ 0.73   $ 0.79  



Diluted Earnings per Share:  
Net Income   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442  
 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding    10,914,622    11,176,766    12,007,009  
Stock Options, Net    33,509    45,577    32,601  



Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding    10,948,131    11,222,343    12,039,610  



    Diluted Earnings per Share   $ 0.66   $ 0.73   $ 0.78  



Stock options for 253,913, 177,974, and 78,136 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively because they were anti-dilutive.




49


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 13 – Lease Commitments

The total rental expense for all leases for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $213, $165, and $161 respectively, including amounts paid under short-term cancelable leases.

At December 31, 2004, the German American Bank subleased space for two branch-banking facilities from a company controlled by a director and shareholder of the Company. The subleases expire in 2005 and 2008 with various renewal options provided. Aggregate annual rental payments to this Director’s company totaled $51 for 2004. Exercise of the Bank’s sublease renewal options is contingent upon the Director’s company renewing its primary leases.

At December 31, 2004, the German American Bancorp leased space for office facilities from a company controlled by another director and shareholder of the Company. The lease expires in 2005 with various renewal options provided. Aggregate annual rental payments to this Director’s company totaled $29 for 2004.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments:

Years Ending December 31: Premises
 
2005     $ 88  
2006    62  
2007    62  
2008    31  
2009    24  
Thereafter    24  

  Total   $ 291  

NOTE 14 – Commitments and Off-balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit and commitments to sell loans, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policy to make commitments as it uses for on-balance sheet items.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk for commitments to sell loans is dependent upon the ability of the counter-party to purchase the loans. This is generally assured by the use of government sponsored entity counterparts. These commitments are subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. Commitments to sell loans are not mandatory (i.e., do not require net settlement with the counter-party to cancel the commitment).

Commitments and contingent liabilities are summarized as follows, at December 31:

2004
2003
Commitments to Fund Loans:            
       Home Equity   $ 40,158   $ 34,578  
       Credit Card Lines    12,737    11,469  
       Commercial Operating Lines    51,826    47,928  
       Residential Mortgages    6,584    9,843  


           Total Commitments to Fund Loans   $ 111,305   $ 103,818  


    Commitments to Sell Loans   $ 8,934   $ 5,113  
    Standby Letters of Credit   $ 6,245   $ 5,933  



50


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 14 – Commitments and Off-balance Sheet Items (continued)

The majority of commercial operating lines and home equity lines are variable rate, while the majority of other commitments to fund loans are fixed rate. Since many commitments to make loans expire without being used, these amounts do not necessarily represent future cash commitments. Collateral obtained upon exercise of the commitment is determined using management’s credit evaluation of the borrower, and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, land and other items. The approximate duration of these commitments is generally one year or less.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, the affiliate banks were required to have $4,982 and $11,192 on deposit with the Federal Reserve, or as cash on hand. These reserves do not earn interest.

NOTE 15 – Non-cash Investing Activities

2004
2003
2002
Loans Transferred to Other Real Estate     $ 800   $ 834   $ 1,975  

NOTE 16 – Segment Information

The Company’s operations include four primary segments: core banking, mortgage banking, trust and investment advisory, and insurance operations. The core banking segment involves attracting deposits from the general public and using such funds to originate consumer, commercial, commercial real estate, and residential mortgage loans, primarily in the affiliate banks’ local markets. The mortgage banking segment involves the origination and purchase of single-family residential mortgage loans; the sale of such loans in the secondary market; the servicing of mortgage loans for investors; and the operation of a title insurance company. The trust and investment advisory segment involves providing trust, investment advisory, and brokerage services to customers. The insurance segment offers a full range of personal and corporate property and casualty insurance products, primarily in the affiliate banks’ local markets.

The core banking segment is comprised of five community banks with 26 retail banking offices. Net interest income from loans and investments funded by deposits and borrowings is the primary revenue of the five affiliate community banks comprising the core-banking segment. Revenues for the mortgage-banking segment consist of net interest income from a residential real estate loan portfolio funded primarily by wholesale sources, gains on sales of loans and gains on sales of and capitalization of mortgage servicing rights (MSR), loan servicing income, title insurance commissions and loan closing fees. The trust and investment advisory segment’s revenues are comprised primarily of fees generated by German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company (“GAFA”). These fees are derived by providing trust, investment advisory, and brokerage services to its customers. The insurance segment consists of German American Insurance, Inc., which provides a full line of personal and corporate insurance products as agent under five distinctive insurance agency names from five offices; and German American Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“GARC”), which reinsures credit insurance products sold by the Company’s five affiliate banks. Commissions derived from the sale of insurance products are the primary source of revenue for the insurance segment.

The following segment financial information has been derived from the internal financial statements of German American Bancorp, which are used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company. The accounting policies of the four segments are the same as those of the Company. The evaluation process for segments does not include holding company income and expense. Holding company amounts are the primary differences between segment amounts and consolidated totals, and are reflected in the Other column below, along with amounts to eliminate transactions between segments.




51


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 16 – Segment Information (continued)

Year Ended
December 31, 2004
Core
Banking

Mortgage
Banking

Trust and
Investment
Advisory

Insurance
Other
Consolidated
Totals

 
Net Interest Income     $ 31,279   $ 251   $ 32   $ 4   $ (327 ) $ 31,239  
Gain on Sales of Loans and  
  Related Assets    583    392    ---    ---    ---    975  
Net Gain/(Loss) on Securities    (3,678 )  ---    ---    ---    ---    (3,678 )
Servicing Income    ---    925    ---    ---    (154 )  771  
Trust and Investment Product Fees    4    ---    2,129    ---    (87 )  2,046  
Insurance Revenues    76    60    53    4,598    (121 )  4,666  
Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---  
Noncash Items:  
  Provision for Loan Losses    2,250    (235 )  ---    ---    ---    2,015  
  MSR Amortization & Valuation     ---    504    ---    ---    ---    504  
Provision for Income Taxes    3,512    (26 )  106    305    (2,901 )  996  
Segment Profit (Loss)    9,491    (39 )  159    646    (3,018 )  7,239  
Segment Assets    904,633    24,928    2,200    7,959    2,374    942,094  
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2003
Core
Banking

Mortgage
Banking

Trust and
Investment
Advisory

Insurance
Other
Consolidated
Totals

 
Net Interest Income   $ 30,284   $ (622 ) $ 22   $ 10   $ (159 ) $ 29,535  
Gain on Sales of Loans and  
  Related Assets    1,284    1,304    ---    ---    ---    2,588  
Net Gain/(Loss) on Securities    56    ---    ---    ---    24    80  
Servicing Income    ---    893    ---    ---    (189 )  704  
Trust and Investment Product Fees    4    ---    1,716    ---    (93 )  1,627  
Insurance Revenues    124    166    17    3,543    (158 )  3,692  
Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    1,898    ---    ---    ---    1,898  
Noncash Items:  
  Provision for Loan Losses    1,352    (541 )  ---    ---    ---    811  
  MSR Amortization&Valuation    ---    660    ---    ---    ---    660  
Provision for Income Taxes    4,515    (783 )  15    261    (2,737 )  1,271  
Segment Profit (Loss)    11,579    (1,122 )  20    589    (2,898 )  8,168  
Segment Assets    883,639    27,536    2,141    9,448    3,182    925,946  



52


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 16 – Segment Information (continued)

Year Ended
December 31, 2002
Core
Banking

Mortgage
Banking

Trust and
Investment
Advisory

Insurance
Other
Consolidated
Totals

 
Net Interest Income     $ 32,336   $ (547 ) $ 6   $ 19   $ 188   $ 32,002  
Gain on Sales of Loans and  
  Related Assets    1,051    574    ---    ---    ---    1,625  
Net Gain/(Loss) on Securities    ---    17    ---    ---    ---    17  
Servicing Income    ---    838    ---    ---    (252 )  586  
Trust and Investment Product Fees    88    ---    1,380    ---    (49 )  1,419  
Insurance Revenues    141    165    5    2,639    (132 )  2,818  
Loss on Extinguishment of Borrowings    ---    66    ---    ---    ---    66  
Noncash Items:  
  Provision for Loan Losses    1,365    (250 )  ---    ---    ---    1,115  
  MSR Amortization&Valuation    ---    992    ---    ---    ---    992  
Provision for Income Taxes    4,687    (632 )  (7 )  353    (2,414 )  1,987  
Segment Profit (Loss)    12,157    (963 )  (11 )  487    (2,228 )  9,442  
Segment Assets    866,078    79,919    2,025    5,140    3,843    957,005  



53


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 17 – Parent Company Financial Statements

The condensed financial statements of German American Bancorp are presented below:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,
2004
2003
ASSETS                
    Cash   $ 1,012   $ 596  
    Securities Available-for-Sale, at Fair Value    2,623    551  
    Investment in Subsidiary Banks and Bank Holding Company    86,285    84,920  
    Investment in GAB Mortgage Corp.    41    291  
    Investment in German American Reinsurance Company, Ltd.    604    478  
    Furniture and Equipment    2,083    2,572  
    Other Assets    3,361    4,092  


       Total Assets   $ 96,009   $ 93,500  


 
LIABILITIES  
    Promissory Notes Payable   $ 10,500   $ 8,000  
    Other Liabilities    1,840    2,374  


       Total Liabilities    12,340    10,374  
 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
    Common Stock    10,898    10,933  
    Additional Paid-in Capital    66,817    67,532  
    Retained Earnings    5,778    4,653  
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income    176    8  


       Total Shareholders' Equity    83,669    83,126  


       Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity   $ 96,009   $ 93,500  


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years ended December 31,
2004
2003
2002
INCOME                
    Dividends from Subsidiaries  
       Bank   $ 7,675   $ 14,200   $ 18,775  
       Nonbank    1,750    300    1,000  
    Dividend and Interest Income    18    79    188  
    Fee Income from Subsidiaries    677    688    564  
    Securities Gains, net    ---    23    ---  
    Other Income    1    54    108  



       Total Income    10,121    15,344    20,635  
 
EXPENSES  
    Salaries and Benefits    3,602    5,463    5,015  
    Professional Fees    1,068    621    682  
    Occupancy and Equipment Expense    766    784    587  
    Interest Expense    287    165    ---  
    Other Expenses    552    532    622  



       Total Expenses    6,275    7,565    6,906  
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN  
    UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES    3,846    7,779    13,729  
Income Tax Benefit    2,301    2,656    2,440  



INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED  
    INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES    6,147    10,435    16,169  
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries    1,092    (2,267 )  (6,727 )



NET INCOME    7,239    8,168    9,442  
 
Other Comprehensive Income:  
    Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Securities, net    178    (1,747 )  1,125  
    Changes in Minimum Pension Liability    (10 )  (169 )  ---  



       TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   $ 7,407   $ 6,252   $ 10,567  






54


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 17 – Parent Company Financial Statements (continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31
 
2004
2003
2002
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                          
Net Income   $ 7,239   $ 8,168   $ 9,442  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash from Operations  
    Amortization on Securities    ---    1    7  
    Depreciation    426    479    339  
    Gain on Sale of Securities, net    ---    (23 )  ---  
    Loss on Sale of Property and Equipment    ---    ---    1  
    Director Stock Awards    ---    72    88  
    Change in Other Assets    719    (997 )  (798 )
    Change in Other Liabilities    (551 )  916    292  
    Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries    (1,092 )  2,267    6,727  



         Net Cash from Operating Activities    6,741    10,883    16,098  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
    Capital Contribution to Subsidiaries    ---    (2,600 )  (4,500 )
    Purchase of Securities Available-for-Sale    (2,024 )  ---    (4,990 )
    Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Available-for-Sale    ---    6,280    ---  
    Property and Equipment Expenditures    (143 )  (694 )  (744 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Property and Equipment    206    ---    16  



         Net Cash from Investing Activities    (1,961 )  2,986    (10,218 )
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
    Advances on Long-term Debt    2,500    8,000    ---  
    Issuance of Common Stock    34    260    572  
    Purchase / Retire Common Stock    (708 )  (21,846 )  (2,683 )
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan    (76 )  (120 )  (66 )
    Dividends Paid    (6,114 )  (5,984 )  (6,136 )
    Purchase of Interest in Fractional Shares    ---    (27  (32       



         Net Cash from Financing Activities    (4,364 )  (19,717 )  (8,345 )



Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents    416    (5,848 )  (2,465 )
    Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year    596    6,444    8,909  



    Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year   $ 1,012   $ 596   $ 6,444  






55


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 18 – Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Information relating to mergers and acquisitions for the three year period ended December 31, 2004, includes:

Business Combination
Date
Acquired

Accounting
Method

Tevebaugh & Associates Insurance, Inc., Vincennes, Indiana 12/10/02 Purchase(1)
Hoosierland Insurance Agency, Inc., Jasper, Indiana 09/02/03 Purchase(2)
Stafford-Williams Insurance Agency, Inc., Washington, Indiana 09/02/03 Purchase(3)

Certain of the above entities changed their name and/or have been merged into other subsidiaries of the Corporation.

(1) This merger was accounted for as a purchase, with net assets acquired of $325. The Company issued no stock in this transaction. The Company recorded customer list intangible of $325 as a result of this transaction. The acquired company is included in operating results beginning with the date of acquisition.

(2) This merger was accounted for as a purchase, with net assets acquired of $1,553. The Company issued no stock in this transaction. The Company recorded customer list intangible of $1,534 as a result of this transaction. The acquired company is included in operating results beginning with the date of acquisition.

(3) This merger was accounted for as a purchase, with net assets acquired of $998. The Company issued no stock in this transaction. The Company recorded customer list intangible of $979 as a result of this transaction. The acquired company is included in operating results beginning with the date of acquisition.

The carrying amount of goodwill has not changed for the periods ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

Of the $1,794 carrying amount of goodwill, $730 is allocated to the core banking segment and $1,064 is allocated to the insurance segment in both 2004 and 2003. The mortgage banking and trust and investment advisory segments do not have goodwill.

Acquired intangible assets were as follows as of year end:

2004
Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Core Banking            
     Core Deposit Intangible   $ 670   $ 670  
     Unidentified Branch Acquisition Intangible    257    175  
Insurance  
     Customer List    2,838    542  


         Total   $ 3,765   $ 1,387  


 
2003
Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

 
Core Banking  
     Core Deposit Intangible   $ 670   $ 668  
     Unidentified Branch Acquisition Intangible    257    157  
Insurance  
     Customer List    2,838    136  


         Total   $ 3,765   $ 961  


The trust and investment advisory and mortgage banking segments do not have intangible assets. Amortization Expense was $426, $167, and $58 for 2004, 2003, and 2002.




56


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 18 – Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued)

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2005     $ 422  
2006    422  
2007    422  
2008    422  
2009    420  

NOTE 19 – Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are provided in the table below. Since not all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments, some assets and liabilities are not included in the table. Because no active market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on subjective judgments, and therefore cannot be determined with precision.

December 31, 2004
December 31, 2003
Carrying
Value

Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

Fair
Value

 
Financial Assets:                    
    Cash and Short-term Investments   $ 47,666   $ 47,666   $ 32,533   $ 32,533  
    Securities Available-for-Sale    181,676    181,676    195,793    195,793  
    Securities Held-to-Maturity    13,318    13,636    17,417    17,964  
    FHLB Stock and Other Restricted Stock    13,542    13,542    12,944    12,944  
    Loans, including Loans Held-for-Sale, net    624,114    621,135    605,017    611,781  
    Accrued Interest Receivable    5,431    5,431    5,548    5,548  
Financial Liabilities:  
    Demand, Savings, and Money Market Deposits    (428,468 )  (428,468 )  (379,341 )  (379,341 )
    Other Time Deposits    (321,915 )  (320,128 )  (337,792 )  (343,523 )
    Short-term Borrowings    (25,673 )  (25,673 )  (35,679 )  (35,679 )
    Long-term Debt    (69,941 )  (73,239 )  (76,880 )  (82,906 )
    Accrued Interest Payable    (1,406 )  (1,406 )  (1,748 )  (1,748 )
Unrecognized Financial Instruments:  
    Commitments to Extend Credit    ---    ---    ---    ---  
Standby Letters of Credit    ---    ---    ---    ---  
    Commitments to Sell Loans    ---    ---    ---    ---  

The carrying amounts of cash, short-term investments, FHLB and other restricted stock, and accrued interest receivable are a reasonable estimate of their fair values. The fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available, or by using quoted market prices for similar instruments. The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated using commitment prices or market quotes on similar loans. The fair value of loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made for the average remaining maturities. The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, money market deposits, short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits and long-term borrowings are estimated using the rates currently offered on these instruments for similar remaining maturities. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term or variable rate with minimal fees charged. These instruments have no carrying value, and the fair value is not significant. The fair value of commitments to sell loans is the cost or benefit of settling the commitments with the counter-party at the reporting date. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, none of the Company’s commitments to sell loans were mandatory, and there is no cost or benefit to settle these commitments.




57


         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
         Dollars in thousands, except per share data

NOTE 20 – Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income components and related taxes were as follows:

2004
2003
2002
Unrealized holding gains and (losses) on                
    securities available-for-sale   $ (3,407 ) $ (2,567 ) $ 1,636  
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) and losses  
    later recognized in income    3,678    (80 )  (17 )



 
Net unrealized gains and (losses)    271    (2,647 )  1,619  
 
Recognition of minimum pension liability    (17 )  (279 )  ---  
 
Tax Effect    (86 )  1,010    (494 )



 
Other comprehensive income (loss)   $ 168   $ (1,916 ) $ 1,125  



NOTE 21 – Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table represents selected quarterly financial data for the Company:

Interest
Income
Net Interest
Income
Net
Income
Earnings per Share
Basic        Diluted
 
2004                        
First Quarter   $ 11,776   $ 7,478   $ 1,952   0 .18 0 .18
Second Quarter    11,888    7,735    2,332    0 .21  0 .21
Third Quarter    11,957    7,900    2,376    0 .22  0 .22
Fourth Quarter    12,089    8,126    579    0 .05  0 .05
 
2003  
First Quarter   $ 13,449   $ 7,785   $ 2,438   $ 0 .20 0 .20
Second Quarter    12,857    7,335    2,043    0 .19  0 .19
Third Quarter    12,204    7,025    2,153    0 .20  0 .20
Fourth Quarter    12,109    7,390    1,534    0 .14  0 .14

During the fourth quarter 2004, the Company’s operating results were impacted by a $3.68 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on the Company’s portfolio of FHLMC and FNMA preferred stocks. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this charge.




58

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not Applicable.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.

This Item 9A includes information regarding the Company’s systems of disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, as those terms are defined by certain SEC rules. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective systems of controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurances of achieving their control objectives.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2004, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In reliance upon the Order of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued under Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Release No. 50754, November 30, 2004), the Company has not included in this Report either (a) the annual report of its management on internal control over financial reporting, as required by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K, or (b) the related attestation report of a registered public accounting firm, as required by Item 308(b) of Regulation S-K. The Company will file this information by amending this Report on or before May 2, 2005. As of the date of this Report, the Company had not identified any material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting, and the Company’s registered public accounting firm had not identified any such material weakness and communicated this finding to the Company.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Most Recent Fiscal Quarter

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter of 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

Information relating to directors and executive officers of the Corporation will be included under the caption “Election of Directors” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in April 2005, which will be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report (the “2005 Proxy Statement”), which section is incorporated herein in partial response to this Item’s informational requirements.

Section 16(a) Compliance.    Information relating to Section 16(a) compliance will be included in the 2005 Proxy Statement under the caption of “Section 16(a): Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Business Conduct.    At its regular meeting in April 2004, the Corporation’s Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct, which constitutes a “code of ethics” as that term is defined by SEC rules adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOA”). The Corporation has posted a copy of the Code of Business Conduct on its Internet website (www.germanamericanbancorp.com). The Corporation intends to satisfy its disclosure requirements under Item 10 of Form 8-K regarding certain amendments to, or waivers of, the Code of Business Conduct, by posting such information on its Internet website.




59

Audit Committee Identification.    The Board of Directors of the Corporation has a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The description of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the identification of its members, will be set forth in the 2005 Proxy Statement under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS – Committees and Attendance”, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert.    The Board of Directors has determined that none of its members who serve on the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by SEC rules adopted under SOA. The Board of Directors has determined, however, that the absence from its Audit Committee of a person who would qualify as an audit committee financial expert does not impair the ability of its Audit Committee to provide effective oversight of the Corporation’s external financial reporting and internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, the Board of Directors does not intend to add a person to its membership solely for the purpose of adding an audit committee financial expert to its Audit Committee. In reaching its determination that the members of the Audit Committee, as it is presently constituted, have sufficient knowledge and experience to exercise effective oversight without the addition of an audit committee financial expert, the Board of Directors considered the knowledge gained by the current members of the Audit Committee in connection with their prior years of service on the Corporation’s Audit Committee. The Board of Directors also considered the experience in financial and accounting matters that Mr. Steurer, Chairman of the Board of JOFCO, Inc., a privately-held manufacturing company, has gained in connection with his active supervision of the accounting and finance personnel of that company. Mr. Steurer is a member of the Corporation’s Audit Committee.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

Information relating to compensation of the Corporation’s Executive Officers and Directors will be included under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Election of Directors — Compensation of Directors” in the 2005 Proxy Statement of the Corporation, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and the directors and executive officers of the Corporation will be included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Principal Owners of Common Shares” of the 2005 Proxy Statement of the Corporation, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The Company maintains three plans under which it has authorized the issuance of its Common Shares to employees and non-employee directors as compensation: its 1992 Stock Option Plan (under which no new grants may be made), its 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, and its 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Each of these three plans was approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s common shareholders in the year of adoption by the Board of Directors. The Company is not a party to any individual compensation arrangement involving the authorization for issuance of its equity securities to any single person, other than option agreements granted under the terms of one of the three plans identified above. The following table sets forth information regarding these plans as of December 31, 2004:

Plan Category Number of Securities
to be Issued upon
Exercise
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants or
Rights
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities
Reflected in First
Column)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by                
security holders    430,167 (a) $ 16.16 700,110 (b)  
Equity compensation plans not approved by  
security holders    ---    ---   ---  



 
Total    430,167   $ 16.16 700,110



(a)        Does not include any shares that employees may have the right to purchase under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in August 2005 in respect of employee payroll deductions of participating employees that had accumulated as of December 31, 2004 during the plan year that commenced in August 2004. Although these employees have the right under this Plan to have their accumulated payroll deductions applied to the purchase of Common Shares at a discounted price in August 2005, the price at which such shares may be purchased and the number of shares that may be purchased under that Plan at that time is not presently determinable.




60

(b)         Represents 415,070 shares that the Company may in the future issue to employees under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (although the Company typically purchases the shares needed for sale to participating employees on the open market rather than issuing new issue shares to such employees) and 285,040 shares that were available for grant or issuance at December 31, 2004 under the 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. Under the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of Common Shares available for the grant of awards in any given fiscal year is equal to the sum of (i) one percent of the number of Common Shares outstanding as of the last day of the Corporation’s prior fiscal year, plus (ii) the number of Common Shares that were available for the grant of awards, but were not granted, under the Plan in any previous fiscal year. Under no circumstances, however, may the number of Common Shares available for the grant of awards in any fiscal year under the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan exceed one and one-half percent of the Common Shares outstanding as of the last day of the prior fiscal year. The 285,050 shares available at December 31, 2004 and included in the above table represent only the carryover of shares that may be the subject of grants of awards under the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan in 2005 and future years; the Corporation during 2005 and future years (in addition to this carryover amount) may grant an additional 108,982 shares, representing one percent of the number of Common Shares that were outstanding at December 31, 2004, under the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan.

For additional information regarding the Company’s stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan, see Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

Information responsive to this Item 13 will be included under the captions “Executive Compensation — Certain Business Relationships and Transactions” and “Executive Compensation — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the 2005 Proxy Statement of the Corporation, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Information responsive to this item 14 will be included in the 2005 Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” which section is incorporated herein by reference.




61

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)        Financial Statements

The following items are included in Item 8 of this report:

Page #
 
German American Bancorp and Subsidiaries:  
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements 28 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31,
  2004 and December 31, 2003
29 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income, years
  ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
30 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in
  Shareholders' Equity, years ended
  December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
31 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, years
  ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
32 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
  Statements
33-58

b)        Exhibits

The Exhibits described in the Exhibit List immediately following the “Signatures” pages of this report (which Exhibit List is incorporated herein by reference) are hereby filed as part of this report.

c)    Financial Statement Schedules

None.




62

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date:    March 15, 2005 GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
(Registrant)

By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
Mark A. Schroeder, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
Mark A. Schroeder, President and Chief Executive
Officer (principal executive officer), Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Douglas A. Bawel
Douglas A. Bawel, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/David G. Buehler
David G. Buehler, Director

Date:    March 9, 2005 By/s/Christina M. Ernst
Christina M. Ernst, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/William R. Hoffman
William R. Hoffman, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/U. Butch Klem
U. Butch Klem, Director

Date:    March 9, 2005 By/s/J. David Lett
J. David Lett, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Gene C. Mehne
Gene C. Mehne, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Robert L. Ruckriegel
Robert L. Ruckriegel, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Larry J. Seger
Larry J. Seger, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Joseph F. Steurer
Joseph F. Steurer, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/C.L. Thompson
C.L. Thompson, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Michael J. Voyles
Michael J. Voyles, Director

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Bradley M. Rust
Bradley M. Rust, Senior Vice President -
Accounting and Finance (principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer)




63

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Executive
Compensation
Plans and
Arrangements*
Exhibit No. Description

  3.1
Restatement of Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.01 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2000.

  3.2
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended April 22, 2004, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.

  4.1
Rights Agreement dated April 27, 2000, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.01 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2000.

  4.2
No long-term debt instrument issued by the Registrant exceeds 10% of consolidated total assets or is registered. In accordance with paragraph 4 (iii) of Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant will furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission copies of long-term debt instruments and related agreements upon request.

  4.3
Terms of Common Shares and Preferred Shares of the Registrant found in Restatement of Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant are incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.01 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2000.

X 10.1
The Registrant's 1992 Stock Option Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed October 14, 1998.

X 10.2
Form of Director Deferred Compensation Agreement between The German American Bank and certain of its Directors is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 21, 1993 (the Agreement entered into by former director George W. Astrike, a copy of which was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed January 21, 1993, is substantially identical to the Agreements entered into by the other Directors, some of whom remain directors of the Registrant.). The schedule following Exhibit 10.4 lists the Agreements with the other Directors and sets forth the material detail in which such Agreements differ from the Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.4.

X 10.3
The Registrant's 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan.

X 10.4
Basic Plan Document for the Registrant's Nonqualified Savings Plan.

X 10.5
Adoption Agreement for the Registrant's Nonqualified Savings Plan dated August 17, 2004.

X 10.6
First Amendment to the Registrant's Nonqualified Savings Plan dated August 17, 2004

X 10.7
Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement (new grant, five-year expiration, five year 20% vesting) typically issued to executive officers and other key employees as incentives.

X 10.8
Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement (Replacement Grant) typically issued to persons who exercise other stock options using common shares as payment for the exercise price (one year vesting).




64

Executive
Compensation
Plans and
Arrangements*
Exhibit No. Description

X 10.9
Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (new grant, ten year expiration, no vesting) typically issued to non-employee members of the Board of Directors as part of annual director fee retainer (not Incentive Stock Option for tax purposes).

X 10.10
Form of Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (new grant, ten year expiration, no vesting) typically issued to employee members of the Board of Directors as part of annual director fee retainer (intended to be Incentive Stock Option for tax purposes).

X 10.11
Description of Director Compensation Arrangements for 12 month period ending at 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

10.12
Description of Executive Management Incentive Plan for 2004 (awards payable in 2005).

X 10.13
Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Agreement dated October 1, 1996, between First Federal Bank, F.S.B. and Bradley M. Rust is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

  21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

  23
Consent of Crowe Chizek and Company LLC.

  24
Power of Attorney.

  31.1
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer.

  31.2
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for Senior Vice President (Principal Financial Officer).

  32.1
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer.

  32.2
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for Senior Vice President (Principal Financial Officer).

*Exhibits that describe or evidence all management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Report are indicated by an "X" in this column.







GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS OF MARCH 1, 2005, A COPY OF ANY OF THE ABOVE-LISTED EXHIBITS UPON THE PAYMENT OF A CHARGE OF $.50 PER PAGE IN ORDER TO DEFRAY ITS EXPENSES IN PROVIDING SUCH EXHIBIT. SUCH REQUEST SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, ATTN: TERRI A. ECKERLE, SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS, P.O. BOX 810, JASPER, INDIANA, 47546.

GRAPHIC 2 ballot.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 ballot.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$!+`$L``#_VP!#``@&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-#`L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0`'P$``P$!`0$! M`0$!`0````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1$``@$"!`0#!`<%!`0``0)W``$" M`Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O`58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H`#`,!``(1`Q$`/P#U."#5-9UW M7U'B/4K&"SO4MX8+6*V*A3;0R$DR0LQ):1N_I6KX5OKC4_!^B7]W()+FZL() MI7``W.T:EC@<#DGI3+GPKI=S>W5V6U"&:Z=9)C;:G GRAPHIC 3 ballotx.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 ballotx.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$!+`$L``#_VP!#``@&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-#`L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0`'P$``P$!`0$! M`0$!`0````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1$``@$"!`0#!`<%!`0``0)W``$" M`Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O`58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H`#`,!``(1`Q$`/P#<\6>.]4TK MQOJ>F+JEW'"MQ%%"MO/;1QVJE+7,EP9+>1HXBT[8DR:9]H&YVC4L<#@9)/2H[GPEI5UJ%S?,VI0SW3AYC:ZI GRAPHIC 4 gabclogo.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 gabclogo.gif M1TE&.#EAD``>`/<``````/___]=&2,9"1=Y,3N5/4.165^176HTV..197-Q6 M5^5<7N9@8>9C9>AM;NAS=>M^?^J`@>Z'B>N(BNV/D=N$A>^4ENV4E>V5ENZ7 MF-F9FO.WN+TZ/\4_0X(P,X0R-8(Q-.E97^=97J1)3>9G:N=O>MZ M?>Z+CNV,C\1V>>V2E;PW/J(R.9TR.9HS.IXU.ILT.J`X/VLN,FLP,VHP,V,M M,:!K;R,?("0@(24A(BWAV>'=U=VAF:(>%AWMZ>WAW>'5T=71S='-RFIZ6DI:"?H)N:FY64E9&0D9"/ MD(Z-CHR+C(N*BXB'B(6$A8*!@H*"A+BXNJVMKWY^?W=W>/W]_OGY^NCHZ>;F MY^7EYN3DY=_?X-K:V]?7V-'1TL_/T,[.S\G)RLC(R<;&Q\3$Q7F(^/D*:GJ.!W=NE\?.N&ANR+B6U"0>V2D>Z6 ME.^6ENR7E>V6EN^AH>^GIO"LJ_.PL/2YN?.^O?3#POCAX7!H:%A24OSZ^O[] M_?[^_OW]_?S\_/O[^_?W]_7U]?3T]._O[^[N[NOKZ^KJZN/CX^+BXMW=W=;6 MUM34U-+2TM#0T+:VMO___R'Y!`$``/\`+`````"0`!X```C_`*T)&$BPH,&# M!16P"\"PH<.'$"-*G$BQHL6+&"N:8<*18Q-?O4**'$E2Y+-V#RL50H.FS*B, M,#GA@%(,$'LUV-V%F\2(OBY!96BG:"<26;3`0'^+*G1NW@H6[=\$M9-BNB2"' MH0*\:T5I(:5Y^6)!PI#DD!T^*GV\`)H31DJ5 M+E7(]&!#)8I/D$%@` MG-AQQQA5V"$&$_XXP]80H83M.203Y^U,,2.&)JHH4,= M`>30V@XOZ4!%&';(<00J2+3S#A-JY'!/`/H\4HD4;=A1Q#N0['!=`+RQ0T@/ MFDQ""!.E'/_1CGIM9!&`)%,X$8`B.10B1#SO/,%%`)?DH%L`JERAK++=U>#L ML]#68,-XY8U#SBL-M1/&&@S)PL4/8E3!CR7S^)-5`'$&@$0>`3BAQA2IG`%% MG_E0HBA#F`2RQQY(9*7H(SV\]$,47O"CCSVH=,$0$USDH$\`LCRA!1ELB/K. M+*8RQ%L`G>3PQ1NH/!%K.V&F(09#:3CY20Z&!/%(`,(&<(\.>]VAQ, MJA>/,)*$#GX4PD0>LH:I2A"?/#(($>SPX44>+L.]2@,&,C@CX`,I`QF@`((&-*0&8"C(A>YR'O\X9&0-`8" M)DG)2B)@!"G(9"95D`M&>O*34HR$'+)`RBSXX`:H3*4J<;"!5KKR&%$!I2QG MB1%Z9*(?N,3$"EK`RUX*(`1=XE()SD'+8AI3(NWP!!K>P$QFPD$;-="&'6(1 MQ6-:\YH4X84X>!$`'&+SF^"$B`[#2H#F"XXQ8480A"A$@7&-:H"#&!"8A@,>4(UC M@.,!##`'.R"0BVM`HQKFB(`SN*'2HIJ&'8Z(##M>\0YH()B/.`8T$"&-*8!C62P=1JY2``%<+$!=2S@ M&+DX1@1L.E!>0$,:R2C'.,-J3$>$XQH7<`8#O/&``V"#&1T-*3P@,($&B,,9 M#UA`.3!@`'`L@P018,8#&M``8E23L,;$!67!@=ES@/:L+"@!-7)1#L1$7N,! MX`@'`QP`C09LHQPD<,`VS`$!;&!C&2E%K3&1R@Y7M,,=KGA%.Z;;CFQ4@ZJO 6<(0C;/% EX-10 6 exhibit103.htm EXHIBIT 10.3 - 1999 INCENTIVE PLAN Exhibit 10.3 - German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP
1999 LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE


        Section 1.01. Establishment and Term of Plan. German American Bancorp, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of April 22, 1999, subject to the approval of the Plan at the Company’s 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

        Section 1.02. Purpose. The Plan is designed to promote the interests of the Company, its subsidiaries, and its shareholders by providing stock-based incentives to selected Employees and Non-Employee Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries who are expected to contribute materially to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means of rewarding performance and to provide an opportunity to increase the personal ownership interest of Employees and Non-Employee Directors in the continued success of the Company. The Company believes that the Plan will assist its efforts to attract and retain quality Employees and Non-Employee Directors.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION

        Section 2.01. Administrative Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, except that, for the purpose of awards made to Non-Employee Directors, the full Board of Directors shall serve as the Committee. The Committee shall have full authority to administer the Plan, including authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary to comply with the requirements of the Plan or any applicable law.

        Section 2.02. Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, have the authority to: (i) select the eligible Employees and Directors who shall receive Awards, (ii) grant Awards, (iii) determine the types and sizes of Awards to be granted to Employees and Directors under the Plan, (iv) determine the terms, conditions, vesting periods, and restrictions applicable to Awards, (v) adopt, alter, and repeal administrative rules and practices governing this Plan, (vi) interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan and any Awards granted this Plan, (vii) prescribe the forms of any Award Agreements or other instruments relating to Awards, and (viii) otherwise supervise the administration of this Plan. The Committee may delegate any of its authority to any other person or persons that it deems appropriate with respect to Awards granted to Employees who are not officers of the Company.

        Section 2.03. Actions of the Committee. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made in good faith by the Committee, or made by any other person or persons to whom the Committee has delegated authority, shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company, and all other interested persons. All decisions by the Committee (including decisions made by the Board of Directors when serving as the Committee) shall be made with the approval of not less than a majority of its members. Members of the Committee who are eligible for Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Awards pursuant to the Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an Award to himself or herself; but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum of the Committee.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

        Any Employee or Director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who is selected by the Committee to be a Participant under the Plan shall be eligible for the grant of Awards, except that only employees will be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options. The selection of the Employees and Directors to receive Awards shall be within the discretion of the Committee. More than one Award may be granted to the same Employee or Director.

ARTICLE IV

SHARES SUBJECT TO AWARDS

        Section 4.01. Number of Common Shares. The shares subject to the Awards and other provisions of the Plan shall be the Company’s authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Shares. The aggregate number of Common Shares that may be subject to Awards granted under this Plan in any fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of Common Shares Outstanding as of the last day of the Company’s prior fiscal year, plus (ii) the number of Common Shares that were available for the grant of Awards, but not granted, under this Plan in any previous fiscal year; provided that in no event will the number of Common Shares available for the grant of Awards in any fiscal year exceed one-and-one-half percent (1 1/2%) of the Common Shares Outstanding as of the last day of the prior fiscal year. The aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is 425,000, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.02. No fractional shares shall be issued under this Plan; if necessary, the Committee shall determine the manner in which the value of fractional shares will be treated.




2

        The assumption of awards granted by an organization acquired by the Company, or the grant of Awards under this Plan in substitution for any such awards, shall not reduce the number of Common Shares available for the grant of Awards under this Plan. Common Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited, terminated or canceled without having been exercised shall again be available for grant under this Plan, subject to the limitations noted in the foregoing paragraph of this Section 4.01.

        Section 4.02. Adjustment. In the event of any change in the Common Shares by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, or in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or distribution to shareholders (other than normal cash dividends), spin-off or any other change in the corporate structure of the Company, the Committee may adjust the number and class of shares that may be issued under this Plan, the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options, the number and class of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the exercise price applicable to outstanding Awards, and the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards, if and to the extent deemed appropriate. All determinations made by the Committee with respect to adjustments under this Section 4.02 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

ARTICLE V

AWARDS

        Section 5.01. Grant of Awards. Awards authorized under this Article V may be granted pursuant to another incentive program which incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of this Plan. Awards may be granted singly or in combination or tandem with other Awards. Awards may also be granted in replacement of, or in substitution for, other awards granted by the Company whether or not such other awards were granted under this Plan; without limiting the foregoing, if a Participant pays all or part of the exercise price or taxes associated with an Award by the transfer of Common Shares or the surrender of all or part of an Award (including the Award being exercised), the Committee may, in its discretion, grant a new Award to replace the Common Shares that were transferred or the Award that was surrendered. The Company may assume awards granted by an organization acquired by the Company or may grant Awards in replacement of, or in substitution for, any such awards.




3

        Section 5.02. Types of Awards. Awards may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 
        (a)         Stock Award. A Stock Award is a grant of Common Shares or a right to receive Common Shares (or their cash equivalent or a combination of both). All or part of any Stock Award may be subject to conditions, restrictions and risks of forfeiture, as and to the extent established by the Committee. Stock Awards may be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares, or on other specified values or methods of valuation, as determined by the Committee.

 
        (b)         Stock Option. A right to purchase a specified number of Common Shares, during a specified period and at a specified exercise price, all as determined by the Committee. A Stock Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options may only be issued to Employees. In addition to the terms, conditions, vesting periods, and restrictions established by the Committee in the Award Agreement, Incentive Stock Options must comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Section 5.03(f), and this Article V.

 
        (c)         Stock Appreciation Right. A right to receive a payment, in cash or Common Shares, equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value or other specified valuation, of a specified number of Common Shares on the date the right is exercised over (ii) the Fair Market Value, or other specified valuation, on the date the right is granted, all as determined by the Committee. The right may be conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a Change In Control, or may be unconditional, as determined by the Committee.

        Section 5.03. Terms and Conditions of Awards; Agreements. Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement executed by the Company and the Participant, which shall contain such terms and be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve, subject to the following limitations and conditions:

        (a)         Number of Shares. The Award Agreement shall state, as appropriate, the type and total number of shares granted under a Stock Award, and/or the type and total number of shares with respect to which Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are granted.

        (b)         Award Prices. The Award Agreement shall state, as applicable, the exercise price per share or other operative value of the Common Shares covered by each Award. The price or other value shall be determined by the Committee. For Incentive Stock Options, the exercise price shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Code and of Section 5.03(f) of this Plan.




4

        (c)         Payment of Exercise Price; Deferral. The exercise price of a Stock Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option), and any Stock Award for which the Committee has established an exercise price, may be paid in cash, by the transfer of Common Shares, by the surrender of all or part of an Award (including the Award being exercised), or by a combination of these methods, as and to the extent permitted by the Committee. The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option may be paid in cash, by the transfer of Common Shares, or by a combination of these methods, as and to the extent permitted by the Committee at the time of grant, but may not be paid by the surrender of all or part of an Award. The Committee may prescribe any other method of paying the exercise price that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the purpose of this Plan.

 
        With the approval of the Committee, the delivery of the Common Shares, cash, or any combination thereof subject to an Award may be deferred, either in the form of installments or a single future delivery. The Committee may also permit selected Participants to defer the payment of some or all of their Awards, as well as other compensation, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to assure that the recognition of taxable income is deferred under the Code. The Committee may also establish rules and procedures for the crediting of interest on deferred cash payments and dividend equivalents on Awards.

        (d)         Issuance of Shares and Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company may postpone the issuance and delivery of certificates representing shares until (a) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange on which shares of the Company of the same class are then listed, and (b) the completion of such registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law, rule or regulation as the Company shall determine to be necessary or advisable, which registration or other qualification the Company shall use it best efforts to complete; provided, however, a person purchasing shares pursuant to the Plan has no right to require the Company to register the Common Shares under federal or state securities laws at any time. Any person purchasing shares pursuant to the Plan may be required to make such representations and furnish such information as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be appropriate to permit the Company, in light of the existence or non-existence with respect to such shares of an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar state statute, to issue the shares in compliance with the provisions of those or any comparable acts.




5

        (e)         Rights as a Shareholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares covered by an Award, including voting rights or rights to dividends, unless and until such shares are validly issued to such Participant pursuant to the terms of the Award.

        (f)         Incentive Stock Options. To the extent any Award granted pursuant to this Plan contains an Incentive Stock Option, the following limitations and conditions shall apply to such Incentive Stock Option and the Award Agreement relating thereto in addition to the terms and conditions provided herein:

         (1)         Price. The price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be an amount per share not less than the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Shares on the date of granting of the option. In the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to an Employee of the Company who is a ten percent (10%) shareholder, the option price shall be an amount per share not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Shares on the date of the granting of the Incentive Stock Option.

         (2)         Exercise Period. Unless terminated earlier pursuant to other terms and provisions of the Award Agreement, the term of each Incentive Stock Option shall expire within the period prescribed in the Agreement relating thereto, which shall not be more than five (5) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted if the Participant is a ten percent (10%) shareholder, and not more than ten (10) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted if the Participant is not a ten percent (10%) shareholder.

         (3)         Limitation on Grants. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted under this Plan after April 21, 2009.

         (4)         Limitation on Transferability. No Incentive Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable except by will or under the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of a Participant, the Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant and may not be transferred or assigned pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order.




6

         (5)         Maximum Exercise Rule. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Employee during any calendar year under all such plans of the Company and any parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

        (g)         Termination of Awards Under Certain Conditions. The Committee may cancel any unexpired, unpaid or deferred Awards at any time, if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Plan or with any Award Agreement, or if the Participant, whether or not he or she is currently employed by the Company, engages in any of the following activities without the prior written consent of the Company:

         (1)         Directly or indirectly renders services to or for an organization, or engages in a business that is, in the judgment of the Committee, in competition with the Company.

         (2)         Discloses to anyone outside of the Company, or uses for any purpose other than the Company’s business, any confidential or proprietary information or material relating to the Company, whether acquired by the Participant during or after employment with the Company.

The Committee may, in its discretion and as a condition to the exercise of an Award, require a Participant to acknowledge in writing that he or she is in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Plan and of any Award Agreement and has not engaged in any activities referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above.

        (h)         Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the Award Agreement, (i) no Award granted under this Plan may be transferred or assigned by the Participant to whom it is granted other than by will, pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and (ii) an Award granted under this Plan may be exercised, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.




7

        Section 5.04. Election to Defer Grant or Receipt of Award. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may provide, in any Award Agreement or in any program granting Awards under this Plan, that the Participant may elect to defer receipt of the Award as provided in the Award Agreement or program.

ARTICLE VI

TAX WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS

        Prior to the payment of an Award, the Company may withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to pay any federal, state and local withholding taxes associated with the Award. The Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt, permit a Participant to pay any or all withholding taxes associated with the Award in cash, by the transfer of Common Shares, by the surrender of all or part of an Award (including the Award being exercised), or by a combination of these methods.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR TERMINATION OF SERVICE

        Section 7.01. Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee provides otherwise in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death of the Participant, he or she may, but only within the thirty (30) day period immediately following such termination of employment or service, and in no event later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement, exercise his or her Award to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided, however, if a Participant’s employment or service is terminated for deliberate, willful or gross misconduct, as determined by the Board of Directors, all rights under the Award shall expire upon receipt of the notice of such termination. The transfer of an Employee from the employ of the Company to a Subsidiary, or vice versa, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary, shall not be deemed a termination of employment for purposes of the plan.

        Section 7.02. Retirement or Disability. Unless the Committee provides otherwise in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, or his or her service as a Non-Employee Director terminates due to Retirement or Disability, the Participant (or if he or she becomes incapacitated, the Participant’s legal representative) may, but only within the five (5)-year period immediately following such termination of employment or termination of service, and in no event later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement, exercise his or her Award to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided, however, if the Award being exercised under this paragraph is an Incentive Stock Option, it may be exercised as such only during the three (3)-month period immediately following such Retirement or Disability, and in no event later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement. During the remainder of the five (5)-year period (or, if shorter, the exercise period specified in the Award Agreement), the option may be exercised as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.




8

        Section 7.03. Death. Unless the Committee provides otherwise in the Award Agreement, if a Participant dies (whether prior to or after termination of employment or termination of service as a Non-Employee Director) while he or she is entitled to exercise an Award, it may be exercised within the one (1) year period immediately following the Participant’s death, but in no event later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement, by the person or persons to whom his or her rights to it shall pass by his or her will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, if the Award being exercised under this paragraph is an Incentive Stock Option, it may be exercised as such only during the three (3)-month period immediately following the Participant’s death and in no event later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement. During the remainder of such one (1) year period (or, if shorter, the exercise period specified in the Award Agreement), the option may be exercised as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

ARTICLE VIII

CHANGE OF CONTROL

        Unless and to the extent the terms and conditions of a Change of Control agreement between the Company and a Participant provide otherwise and unless and to the extent otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company, (i) all Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Options and other stock purchase rights then outstanding will become fully exercisable as of the date of the Change of Control, and (ii) all restrictions and conditions applicable to Restricted Stock and other Stock Awards will be deemed to have been satisfied as of the date of the Change of Control. Any such determination by the Board of Directors that is made after the occurrence of a Change of Control will not be effective unless a majority of the Directors then in office were in office at the beginning of a period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months and the determination is approved by a majority of such Directors.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF PLAN OR AWARDS

        Section 9.01. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate this Plan at any time, and, in accordance with such amendments, may thereupon change terms and conditions of any Awards not theretofore issued. Shareholder approval for any such amendment will be required only to the extent necessary to satisfy the rules of Nasdaq or any national exchange on which the Common Shares are listed, or to satisfy any applicable federal or state law or regulation.




9

        Section 9.02. Amendment of Outstanding Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, amend the terms of any Award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent. Shareholder approval for any such amendment will be required only to the extent necessary to satisfy the rules of Nasdaq or any national exchange on which the Common Shares are listed, or to satisfy any applicable federal or state law or regulation. The Committee may, in whole or in part, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to, or accelerate the vesting of, any Award.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 10.01. Governing Law. The interpretation, validity and enforcement of this Plan will, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the securities laws of the United States, be governed by the laws of the State of Indiana.

        Section 10.02. Rights of Employees. Nothing in this Plan will confer upon any Participant the right to continued employment by the Company or limit in any way the Company’s right to terminate any Participant’s employment at will.

ARTICLE XI

DEFINITIONS

        Section 11.01. Definitions. When capitalized in this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 
        (a)         “Award” means a grant made to a Participant pursuant to Article V of this Plan.

 
        (b)         “Award Agreement” means a written instrument between the Company and a Participant evidencing an Award and prescribing the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the Award.




10

 
        (c)         “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.

 
        (d)         “Change of Control” means the first to occur of the following events:

         (1)         any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) other than the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities;

         (2)         those persons who constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company are persons who were not directors of the Company for at least the twenty-four (24) months preceding months;

         (3)         the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of another entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

         (4)         the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 
        (e)         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 
        (f)         “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors, consisting of two or more “Non-Employee Directors” as such term is defined by paragraph (b)(3) of Rule 16b-3, except that the term Committee shall mean the entire Board of Directors with respect to awards made to Non-Employee Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary.




11

 
        (g)         “Common Share” means a share of common stock of German American Bancorp.

 
        (h)         “Common Shares Outstanding” means the total number of Common Shares outstanding as reflected in the Company’s financial statements as of the most recent fiscal year-end.

 
        (i)         “Company” means German American Bancorp.

 
        (j)         “Director” means a director of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 
        (k)         “Disabled” or “Disability” means a permanent disability as defined in the applicable long-term disability plan of the Company; except that “Disabled” or “Disability” with respect to Awards made to Directors shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 
        (l)         “Employee” means any individual employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including officers and Employees who are members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 
        (m)         “Fair Market Value” of a Common Share means the value of the share on a particular date, determined as follows:

         (1)         if the stock is not listed on such date on any national securities exchange but is authorized to be quoted by Nasdaq or an other established “over-the-counter” market, the average between the highest “bid” and lowest “asked” quotations of a share at the close of trading on the day immediately preceding such date (or, if none, on the most recent date on which there were closing bid and asked quotations of a share), as reported by Nasdaq, or other similar service selected by the Committee;

         (2)         if the stock is listed on such date on one (1) or more national securities exchanges, the last reported sale price of a share on the last trading day preceding such date as recorded on the composite tape system, or, if such system does not cover the stock, the last reported sale price of a share on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which the stock is listed, or, if no sale of the stock took place on such date, the last reported sale price of a share on the most recent day on which a sale of a share took place as recorded by such system or on such exchange, as the case may be; or




12

         (3)         if the stock is neither listed on such date on a national securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, the fair market value of a share on such date as determined in good faith by the Committee, on a basis consistent with regulations under the Code.

 
        (n)         “Incentive Stock Options” means stock options issued to Employees which qualify under and meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 
        (o)         “Non-Employee Director” means any Director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 
        (p)         “Non-Qualified Stock Options” means stock options which do not qualify under or meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 
        (q)         “Participant” means any person to whom an Award has been granted under this Plan.

 
        (r)         “Plan” means this German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan authorized by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on March 26, 1999, as such Plan from time to time may be amended as herein provided.

 
        (s)         “Restricted Stock” means an Award of Common Shares that are nontransferable and are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

 
        (t)         “Retirement”, in the case of an Employee, means the termination of all employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason other than death or Disability after the day on which the Employee has attained age 55, and in the case of a Non-Employee Director means withdrawal after obtaining the age of 55.

 
        (u)         “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the Securities Exchange Age of 1934, as amended.

 
        (v)         “Stock Appreciation Rights” means the Stock Appreciation Rights issued pursuant to the Plan.

 
        (w)         “Stock Options” means the Incentive Stock Options and the Non-Qualified Stock Options issued pursuant to the Plan.




13

 
        (x)         “Subsidiary” means a corporation or other form of business association of which shares (or other ownership interests) having fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power are, or in the future become, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company.




14

EX-10 7 exhibit104.htm EXHIBIT 10.4 Exhibit 10.4 - The Corporate Plan for Retirement Executive Plan




The CORPORATEplan for RetirementSM
EXECUTIVE PLAN






BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT











IMPORTANT NOTE


This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees" under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer's particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. This document should be reviewed by the Employer's attorney prior to execution.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page
 
ARTICLE 1 ADOPTION AGREEMENT
 
ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS
         2.01 Definitions
 
ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION
         3.01 Date of Participation
         3.02 Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment
         3.03 Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status
 
ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS
         4.01 Deferral Contributions
         4.02 Matching Contributions
         4.03 Employer Contributions
         4.04 Time of Making Contributions
 
ARTICLE 5 PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS
         5.01 Individual Accounts
 
ARTICLE 6 INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
         6.01 Manner of Investment
         6.02 Investment Decisions
 
ARTICLE 7 RIGHT TO BENEFITS
         7.01 Normal or Early Retirement
         7.02 Death
         7.03 Other Termination of Employment
         7.04 Separate Account
         7.05 Forfeitures 10 
         7.06 Adjustment for Investment Experience 10 
         7.07 Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals 10 
         7.08 Change in Control 10 
 
ARTICLE 8 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 10 
         8.01 Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries 10 
         8.02 Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries 10 
         8.03 Determination of Method of Distribution 11 
         8.04 Notice to Trustee 11 
         8.05 Time of Distribution 11 



- - i -

Page
 
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 12 
         9.01 Amendment by Employer 12 
         9.02 Retroactive Amendments 12 
         9.03 Termination. The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that
contributions will be continued indefinitely
12 
         9.04 Distribution upon Termination of the Plan 12 
 
ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS 12 
         10.01 Communication to Participants 12 
         10.02 Limitation of Rights 12 
         10.03 Nonalienability of Benefits 13 
         10.04 Facility of Payment 13 
         10.05 Information between Employer and Trustee 13 
         10.06 Notices 13 
         10.07 Governing Law 13 
 
ARTICLE 11 PLAN ADMINISTRATION 13 
         11.01 Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator 13 
         11.02 Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority 14 
         11.03 Claims and Review Procedures 14 
         11.04 Costs of Administration 16 



- - ii -

PREAMBLE

        It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.

ARTICLE 1

ADOPTION AGREEMENT



ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

        2.01.         Definitions.

        (a)         Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 
        (1)         “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains or losses included thereon.

 
        (2)         “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(b).

 
        (3)         “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and designates the optional provisions selected by the Employer. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan.

 
        (4)         “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 
        (5)         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 
        (6)         “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4 (Contributions) wages as defined in Section 3 401 (a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Sections 125, 402(a)(8), or 403 (b) of the Code. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).




          Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01.

          In the case of any Self-Employed Individual or an Owner-Employee, Compensation means the Self-Employed Individual’s Earned Income.

 
        (7)         “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989 net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed under Section 164(f) of the Code, to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.

 
        (8)         “Employee” means any employee of the Employer, Self-Employed Individual or Owner-Employee.

 
        (9)         “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers designated in Section 1.02(b).

 
        (10)         “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

 
        (11)         “Entry Date” means the date(s) designated in Section 1.03(b).

 
        (12)         “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

 
        (13)         “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a Permissible Investment.

 
        (14)         “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee,

        (A)         Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed;





- - 2 -

        (B)         Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or Related Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the following rules:


 
        (i)         No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (B) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties;

 
        (ii)         Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (B) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

 
        (iii)         If the period during which the Employee performs no duties falls within two or more computation periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such computation periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Employees; and

        (C)         Each hour not counted under paragraph (A) or (B) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.


          For purposes of determining Hours of Service, Employees of the Employer and of all Related Employers will be treated as employed by a single employer. For purposes of paragraphs (B) and (C) above, Hours of Service will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b-2(b) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference.

          Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service which would otherwise been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.




- - 3 -

 
        (15)         “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in Section 1.07(f) of the Adoption Agreement.

 
        (16)         “Owner-Employee” means, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, the individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest of the partnership.

 
        (17)         “Participant” means any Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 hereof.

 
        (18)         “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

 
        (19)         “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

 
        (20)         “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(d).

 
        (21)         “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o).

 
        (22)         “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

 
        (23)         “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

 
        (24)         “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer.




- - 4 -

 
        (25)         “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in a separate agreement, under which assets are held, administered, and managed subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.

 
        (26)         “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.

 
        (27)         “Trustee” means the corporation or individual(s) appointed by the Employer to administer the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 
        (28)         “Years of Service for Vesting” means, with respect to any Employee, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer or a Related Employer (the elapsed time method to compute vesting service), subject to any exclusions elected by the Employer in Section 1.07(c). An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.07(c). An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

        In the case of a Participant who has 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks, but both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrues after such breaks. Both accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the fund.

        In the case of a Participant who does not have 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balance.

        A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

        In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.




- - 5 -

        If the Plan maintained by the Employer is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Years of Service for Vesting shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in which the Plan maintained by the Employer is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer to the extent provided in Section 1.08.

        (b)         Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

        3.01.         Date of Participation.  An eligible Employee (as set forth in Section 1.03(a)) who has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01 will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry Date coincident with or following the date on which such election would otherwise become effective, as determined under Section 4.01.

        3.02.         Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment.  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee and thereafter returns to the employ of the Employer he will again become a Participant as of an Entry Date following the date on which he completes an Hour of Service for the Employer following his reemployment, if he is an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), and has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01.

        3.03.         Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status.  If any Participant continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), the individual shall continue to be a Participant until the entire amount of his benefit is distributed; however, the individual shall not be entitled to make Deferral Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching contributions during the period that he is not an eligible Employee. Such Participant shall continue to receive credit for service completed during the period for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Accounts. In the event that the individual subsequently again becomes an eligible Employee, the individual shall resume full participation in accordance with Section 3.01.

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

        4.01.         Deferral Contributions.  Each Participant may elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage, not exceeding the percentage set forth in Section 1.05(a) and equal to a whole number multiple of one (1) percent, per payroll period, subject to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). Such agreement shall become effective on the first day of the period as set forth in the Participant’s election. The election will be effective to defer Compensation relating to all services performed in a calendar year subsequent to the filing of such an election, subject to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). An election once made will remain in effect until a new election is made, provided, however that such an election choosing a distribution date pursuant to 1.06(b)(1)(B) will become ineffective the first day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the election requires the distribution to be made. A new election will be effective as of the first day of the following calendar year and will apply only to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after such date. Amounts credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with that prior election. The Employer shall credit an amount to the account maintained on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively. A Participant may revoke a salary reduction agreement for a calendar year during that year, provided, however, that such revocation shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned. In that event, the Participant shall be precluded from electing to defer future Compensation hereunder during the calendar year to which the revocation applies. Notwithstanding the above,




- - 6 -

        (a)         in the calendar year in which the Plan first becomes effective or in the year in which the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, an election to defer compensation may be made within 30 days after the Participant is first eligible or the Plan is first effective, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after the date of the election; and

        (b)         in the event the Employer has elected to permit the deferral of bonus payments hereunder, a salary reduction agreement applicable to such bonus deferral must be made in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

        4.02.         Matching Contributions.  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b), the Employer shall make a “Matching Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who had “Deferral Contributions” pursuant to Section 4.01 made on his behalf during the year and who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(b)(3). The amount of the “Matching Contribution” shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b).

        4.03.         Employer Contributions.  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1), the Employer shall make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(c)(3) in the amount required by Section 1.05(c)(1). If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer may make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine. In making “Employer Contributions” pursuant to Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer shall not be required to treat all Participants in the same manner in determining such contributions and may determine the “Employer Contribution” of any Participant to be zero.

        4.04.         Time of Making Contributions.  The Employer shall remit contributions deemed made hereunder to the Trust as soon as practicable after such contributions are deemed made under the terms of the Plan.




- - 7 -

ARTICLE 5

PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

        5.01.         Individual Accounts. The Administrator will establish and maintain an Account for each Participant, which will reflect Matching and Deferral Contributions credited to the Account on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses, gains and losses credited thereto, and deemed investments made with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator will establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. Participants will be furnished statements of their Account values at least once each Plan Year. The Administrator shall provide the Trustee with information on the amount credited to the separate account of each Participant maintained by the Administrator in its records.

ARTICLE 6

INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

        6.01.         Manner of Investment.  All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in eligible investments selected by the Employer in the Service Agreement.

        6.02.         Investment Decisions.  Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with the Employer’s election in Section 1.11(a).

        (a)         All dividends, interest, gains and distributions of any nature that would be earned in respect of Fund Shares in which the Account is treated as investing shall be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.

        (b)         Expenses that would be attributable to the acquisition of investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant for which such investment is treated as having been made.

ARTICLE 7

RIGHT TO BENEFITS

        7.01.         Normal or Early Retirement.  If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07(e), each Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age will have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07. If a Participant retires on or after attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such retirement is referred to as a normal retirement. On or after his normal retirement, the balance of the Participant’s Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, will be distributed to him in accordance with Article 8.




- - 8 -

        If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, a Participant who separates from service before satisfying the age requirements for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement will be entitled to the distribution of his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, in accordance with Article 8, upon satisfaction of such age requirement.

        7.02.         Death.  If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Account has commenced, or before such distribution has been completed, his Account shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07 and his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be entitled to receive the balance or remaining balance of his Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06. Distribution to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be made in accordance with Article 8.

        A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.

        A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

        7.03.         Other Termination of Employment.  If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, if a Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than death or normal retirement, he will be entitled to a termination benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching Contributions to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in Section 1.07, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain or loss. The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be subject to the provisions of Section 7.06 and will be distributed in accordance with Article 8.

        7.04.         Separate Account.  If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when he has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100 percent of his Account, the vesting schedule in Section 1.07 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of his Account immediately after such distribution will be transferred to a separate account that will be maintained for the purpose of determining his interest therein according to the following provisions.

        At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account held in a separate account described in the preceding paragraph will be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 7.05; AB is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 7.05 below, any balance in the Participant’s separate account will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.




- - 9 -

        7.05.         Forfeitures.  If a Participant terminates his employment, any portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of employment) not payable to him under Section 7.03 will be forfeited by him.

        7.06.         Adjustment for Investment Experience.  If any distribution under this Article 7 is not made in a single payment, the amount remaining in the Account after the distribution will be subject to adjustment until distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is treated as invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan to such amounts.

        7.07.         Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals.  Subject to the provisions of Article 8, a Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his Account (and earnings thereon) prior to retirement or termination of employment, except that, to the extent permitted under Section 1.09, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his Account if such withdrawal is made on account of a unforeseeable emergency as determined by the Administrator.

        7.08.         Change in Control.  If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.06(c), then, upon a Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.12, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participants shall have a nonforfeitable right to receive the entire amount of their account balances under the Plan and all such amounts shall be paid out to Participants as soon as administratively practicable.

ARTICLE 8

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

        8.01.         Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.  The Plan provides for distribution as a lump sum to be paid in cash on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06 pursuant to the method provided in Section 8.02. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.10 and specified in the Participant’s deferral election, the distribution will be paid through a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) for a time period not exceeding 10 years beginning on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06.

        8.02.         Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

        (a)         If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), the Participant will receive a distribution upon the earliest of the events specified by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, and at the time indicated in Section 1.06(a)(2). If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8.




- - 10 -

        (b)         If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b), the Participant will receive a distribution of all amounts not deferred pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B) (and earnings attributable to those amounts) upon termination of employment. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), the Participant shall have the election to receive distributions of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 4.01 (and earnings attributable to those amounts) after a date specified by the Participant in his deferral election which is at least 12 months after the first day of the calendar year in which such amounts would be earned. Amounts distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 1.06(b) shall be distributed at the time indicated in Section 1.06(b)(2). Subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, the Participant shall receive a distribution in the form provided in Section 8.01. If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8. However, if the Participant dies before the date specified by the Participant in an election pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), then the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the form provided in Section 8.01 as if the Participant had elected to be paid at termination of employment.

        8.03.         Determination of Method of Distribution.  The Participant will determine the method of distribution of benefits to himself and his Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of Section 8.02. Such determination will be made at the time the Participant makes a deferral election. Unless the Employer has elected Section 1.06(b) to control distributions, the period certain specified in a Participant’s first deferral election specifying distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan shall apply to all subsequent elections of distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan made by the Participant. Once a Participant has made an election for the method of distribution, that election shall be effective for all contributions made on behalf of the Participant attributable to any Plan Year after that election was made and before the Plan Year in which that election was altered in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution to him and his Beneficiary, the method of distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

        8.04.         Notice to Trustee.  The Administrator will notify the Trustee, pursuant to the method stated in the Trust Agreement for providing direction, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.

        8.05.         Time of Distribution.  In no event will distribution to a Participant be made later than the date specified by the Participant in his salary reduction agreement. All distributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the distribution date specified in Section 1.06 or Section 7.08, if applicable.




- - 11 -

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

        9.01.         Amendment by Employer.  The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan by filing with the Trustee an amended Adoption Agreement, executed by the Employer only, on which said Employer has indicated a change or changes in provisions previously elected by it. Such changes are to be effective on the effective date of such amended Adoption Agreement. Any such change notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such change below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the date of the change. The Employer may from time to time make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy the Code or ERISA. The Employer’s board of directors or other individual specified in the resolution adopting this Plan shall act on behalf of the Employer for purposes of this Section 9.01.

        9.02.         Retroactive Amendments.  An amendment made by the Employer in accordance with Section 9.01 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if such amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code or ERISA or to conform the Plan to any change in federal law or to any regulations or ruling thereunder. Any retroactive amendment by the Employer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.01.

        9.03.         Termination.  The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely. However, said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.

        9.04.         Distribution upon Termination of the Plan.  Upon termination of the Plan, no further Deferral Contributions or Matching Contributions shall be made under the Plan, but Accounts of Participants maintained under the Plan at the time of termination shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until paid out in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

        10.01.         Communication to Participants.  The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

        10.02.         Limitation of Rights.  Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby.




- - 12 -

        10.03.         Nonalienability of Benefits.  The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.

        10.04.         Facility of Payment.  In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient. The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

        10.05.         Information between Employer and Trustee.  The Employer agrees to furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees to furnish the Employer with such information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without limitation information required under the Code or ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted thereunder.

        10.06.         Notices.  Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if addressed as provided below and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified:

        (a)         If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at the address set forth in the Adoption Agreement, to the attention of the person specified to receive notice in the Adoption Agreement;

        (b)         If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in the Trust Agreement;

or, in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the addressor’s then effective notice address.

        10.07.         Governing Law.  The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

ARTICLE 11

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

        11.01.         Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator. The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA. The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:




- - 13 -

        (a)         To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

        (b)         To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

        (c)         To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

        (d)         To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.03;

        (e)         To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

        (f)         To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

        (g)         To authorize the payment of benefits;

        (h)         To comply with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA;

        (i)         To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;

        (j)         By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an Administrative Committee to administer the Plan;

        11.02.         Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority.  Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

        11.03.         Claims and Review Procedures.

        (a)         Claims Procedure. If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following as adverse determination upon review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).




- - 14 -

        If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it. If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process. If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension. If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.

        (b)         Review Procedure.  Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.

        If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision. The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim. If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.




- - 15 -

        The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review. In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant — the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.

        11.04.         Costs of Administration.  Unless some or all costs and expenses are paid by the Employer, all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and employee communication fees) incurred by the Administrator and the Trustee in administering the Plan and Trust will be paid first from the forfeitures (if any) resulting under Section 7.05, then from the remaining Trust Fund. All such costs and expenses paid from the Trust Fund will, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the Accounts of all Participants on a prorata basis or in such other reasonable manner as may be directed by the Administrator.




- - 16 -

EX-10 8 exhibit105.htm EXHIBIT 10.5 Exhibit 10.5 - The Corporate Plan for Retirement - Adoption Agreement

The CORPORATEplan for Retirement SM
EXECUTIVE PLAN




Adoption Agreement




IMPORTANT NOTE



This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities lows and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees" under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer's particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. This document should be reviewed by the Employer's attorney prior to execution.

ADOPTION AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1

1.01.        PLAN INFORMATION

  (a) Name of Plan.

  This is the German American Bancorp Nonqualified Savings Plan (the "Plan").

  (b) Name of Plan Administrator, if not the Employer:.

 

Address:



Phone Number:

The Plan Administrator is the agent for service of legal process for the Plan.

  (c) Plan Year End is December 31.

  (d) Plan Status (check one):.

  (1) Effective Date of new Plan:  10/1/2004

  (2) Amendment Effective Date:                             

The original effective date of the Plan:                             

1.02.        EMPLOYER

  (a) The Employer is: German American Bancorp

    Address: 711 Main Street P.O. Box 810
Jasper, IN 47547-0810
    Contact's Name: Lisa Matheis
    Telephone Number: (800) 482-1314, ext. 795

  (1) Employer's Tax identification Number:  35-1547518
  (2) Business form of Employer (check one):

    (A) Corporation (Other than a Subchapter S corporation)
    (B) Other (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership, sole proprietor)




  (3) Employer's fiscal year end:  12/31

  (b) The tern "Employer" includes the following Related Employer(s) (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(21)):

First State Bank, Southwest Indiana
Peoples Bank
Citizens State Bank
First Title Insurance Co., Inc.
The Doty Agency, Inc.
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Co.
The German American Bank
First American Bank

1.03.        COVERAGE

  (a) The following Employees are eligible to participate its the Plan.

  (1) Only those Employees listed in Attachment A will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

  (2) Only those Employees in the eligible class described below will be eligible to participate in the Plan:
Those highly compensated or management employees of the Employer who are Indiana Residents (or whose principal residences are located within the State of Indiana) and who are specifically designated from time to time by the Human Resources Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.

  (3) Only those Employees described in the Board of Directors Resolutions attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

  (b) The Entry Date(s) shall be (check one):

  (1) each January 1.

  (2) each January 1 and each July 1.

  (3) each January 1 and each April 1, July 1 and October 1.

  (4) the first day of each month.

  (5) immediate upon meeting the eligibility requirements specified in Subsection 1.03(a).




- - 2 -

1.04.        COMPENSATION

  For purposes of determining Contributions under the Plan, Compensation shall be as defined (check (a) or (b) below, as appropriate):

  (a) in Section 2.01(a)(6), (check (1) or (2) below, if and as appropriate):

  (1) but excluding (check the appropriate box(es)):

    (A) Overtime Pay.

    (B) Bonuses.

    (C) Commissions.

    (D) The value of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee's taxable income.

    (E) The following:
severance pay

  (2) except as otherwise provided below:


  (b) in the                    Plan maintained by the Employer to the extent it is in excess of the limit Imposed under Code Section 401(a)(17).

1.05.        CONTRIBUTIONS

  (a) Employee contributions (Complete all that apply)

  (1) Deferral Contributions.  The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the calendar year (or portion of the calendar year) in question, not to exceed till 60% of Compensation for that calendar year, subject, however, to any election regarding bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2).

  (2) Bonus Contributions.  The Employer may allow Participants upon proper notice and approval to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions in an amount up to 100% of any Employer paid cash bonuses designated by the Employer that are made for such Participants during the calendar year. The Compensation definition elected by the Employer in Section 1.04 must include bonuses if bonus contributions are permitted.




- - 3 -

  (b) Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable.)

  (1) The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount equal to the following percentage of a Participant's Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year (check one):

    (A) 50%

    (B) 100%

    (C)      %

    (D) (Tiered Match),      % of the first      % of the Participant's Compensation contributed to the Plan.

    (E) The percentage declared for the year, if any, by a Board of Directors' resolution.

    (F)
Other:  100% of the first 3% of the Participant's Compensation contributed to this Plan and the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan (as defined under the respective plans) for the Plan Year, plus 50% of the next 2% of the Participant's Compensation contributed to this Plan and the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan as "Deferral Contributions" (as defined under the respective plans) for the Plan Year, provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate Employer matching contributions on behalf of any Participant in any Plan Year, considering both the Matching Contribution under this Plan and a Matching Employer Contribution under the German American Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan, exceed 4% of such Participant's Compensation, with any excess, if any, reducing the Matching Contribution under this Plan.

  (2) Matching Contribution Offset.  For each Participant who has made deferrals of at least the maximum amount allowed pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code or the maximum allowed under the Employer's plan listed below to such plan, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution in an amount equal to (A) minus (B) below:




- - 4 -

    (A)
The Matching Employer Contribution, as defined in the              Plan that the Participant would have received under the              Plan on the sum of the Deferral Contributions and the Participant's deferrals hereunder, as defined therein, that the Participant actually made to such Plan, if no limits otherwise imposed by the Code, and regulations issued thereunder, applied to such Matching Employer Contribution and the Participant's Deferral Contributions are deemed to have been made to the Plan;

    (B)
The Matching Employer Contributions actually made to such Participant under the              Plan for the Plan Year of the determination of the Matching Contribution hereunder.

  (3) Matching Contribution Limits (check the appropriate box(es)):

    (A)
Deferral Contributions in excess of 5% of the Participant's Compensation for the period in question shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

  Note:  If the Employer elects a percentage limit in (A) above and requests the Trustee to account separately for matched and unmatched Deferral Contributions, the Matching Contributions allocated to each Participant must be computed, and the percentage limit applied, based upon each period.

    (B)
Matching Contributions for each Participant for each Plan Year shall be limited to $                  .

  (4) Eligibility Requirement(s) for Matching Contributions.  A Participant who makes Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year under Section 1.05(a) shall be entitled to Matching Contributions for that Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

    (A)
Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.




- - 5 -

    (B)
Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

    (C)
Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

    (D)
Other:

    (E)
No requirements.

   
Note:  If option (A), (B) or (C) above is selected, then Matching Contributions can only be made by the Employer after the Plan Year ends. Any Matching Contribution made before Plan Year end shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of this Section 1.05(b)(3)).

  (c) Employer Contributions

  (1)
Fixed Employer Contributions.  The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount determined as described below (check at least one):

    (A)
In an amount equal to             % of each Participant's Compensation each Plan Year.

    (B) In an amount determined and allocated as described below:



    (C) In an amount equal to (check at least one):

    (i)
Any profit sharing contribution that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):






- - 6 -

    (ii)
Any contribution described in Code Section 401(m) that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):



  (2)
Discretionary Employer Contributions.  The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Participants in any amount, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, which amount may be zero.

  (3)
Eligibility Requirement(s) for Employer Contributions.  A Participant shall only be entitled to Employer Contributions under Section 1.05(c)(1) for a Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

    (A) Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

    (B) Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

    (C) Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

    (D) Other:

    (E) No requirements.

1.06.      DISTRIBUTION DATES

  Distribution from a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 8.02 shall begin upon the following date(s) (check either (a) or (b); check (c), if desired):

  (a) Non-Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

  (1)
The earliest of termination of employment with the Employer and the following event(s) (check appropriate box(es); if none selected, all distributions will be upon termination of employment):

    (A) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).




- - 7 -

    (B) Attainment of Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).

    (C) The date on which the Participant becomes disabled (as defined in Section 1.07(h)).

  (2)
Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).

    (A) The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin in the month following the event described in (a)(1) above.

    (B) The Distribution of the Participant's Account will be begin as soon as administratively feasible in the calendar year following distribution event described in (a)(1) above.

  (b) Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

  (1)
Upon (check at least one; (A) must be selected if plan has contributions pursuant to section 1.05(b) or (c)):

    (A) Termination of employment with the Employer.

    (B) The date elected by the Participant, pursuant to Plan Section 8.02, and subject to the restrictions imposed in Plan Section 8.02 with respect to future Deferral Contributions, in which event such date of distribution must be at least one year after the date such Deferral Contribution would have been, paid to the Participant in cash in the absence of the election. to make the Deferral Contribution.

  (2)
Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).

    (A) The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin __________ (specify month and day) following the event described in (b)(1) above.

    (B) The Distribution of the Participant's Account will begin ___________ (specify month and day) of the calendar year following the event described in (b)(1) above.




- - 8 -

  (c) As soon as administratively feasible following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 1.12).

1.07.        VESTING SCHEDULE

  (a) The Participant's vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall he based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

  (1)
N/A - No Matching Contributions

  (2)
100% Vesting immediately

  (3)
3 year cliff (see C below)

  (4)
5 year cliff (see D below)

  (5)
6 year graduated (see E below)

  (6)
7 year graduated (see F below)

  (7)
G below

  (8)
Other (Attachment "B")

Vesting Schedule
Years of
Service for
Vesting
C      D      E      F           G     
 
0   0 % 0 % 0 % 0 %  
1   0 % 0 % 0 % 0 %
2   0 % 0 % 20 % 0 %
3   100 % 0 % 40 % 20 %
4   100 % 0 % 60 % 40 %
5   100 % 100 % 80 % 60 %
6   100 % 100 % 100 % 80 %
7   100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

  (b) The Participant's vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

  (1)
N/A - No Employer Contributions

  (2)
100% Vesting immediately

  (3)
3 year cliff (see C below)




- - 9 -

  (4)
5 year cliff (see D below)

  (5)
6 year graduated (see E below)

  (6)
7 year graduated (see F below)

  (7)
G below

  (8)
Other (Attachment "B")

Vesting Schedule
Years of
Service for
Vesting
C      D      E      F           G     
 
0   0 % 0 % 0 % 0 %  
1   0 % 0 % 0 % 0 %
2   0 % 0 % 20 % 0 %
3   100 % 0 % 40 % 20 %
4   100 % 0 % 60 % 40 %
5   100 % 100 % 80 % 60 %
6   100 % 100 % 100 % 80 %
7   100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

  (c) Years of Service for Vesting shall exclude (check one):

  (1)
for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(1).

  (2)
for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior the original Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(2).

  (d)
Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of the following event(s):

(i) a Participant's willful breach of any applicable confidentiality or non-competition agreement with the Employer, (ii) a Participant's willful (a) dishonesty, (b) fraud or (c) misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Employer or an affiliate which materially and adversely affects the operations or reputation of the Employer or a Related Employer (monetarily or otherwise); or (iii) a Participant's conviction of a felony crime involving moral turpitude or a crime involving property of the Employer or a Related Employer, or entry of a plea of nolo contender thereof.




- - 10 -

  (e)
A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (check the appropriate box(es), if any; if 1.06(c) is selected, Participants will automatically vest upon Change of Control as defined in Section 1.12);

  (1)
Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(e)).

  (2)
Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).

  (3)
Death.

  (4)
The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(h) of the Plan.

  (f)
Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is (check one):

  (1)
age 65.

  (2)
age           (specify from 55 through 64).

  (3)
the later of age          (cannot exceed 65) or the fifth anniversary of the Participant's Commencement Date.

 
If no box is checked in this Section 1.07(f), then Normal Retirement Age is 65.

  (g)
Early Retirement Age is the first day of the month after the Participant attains age 59.5 (specify 55 or greater) and completes 0 Years of Service for Vesting.

  (h)
The date on which a Participant becomes disabled is determined (check one):

  (1)
under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Employer in which the Participant participates.

  (2)
under Title II or XVI of the Social Security Act.

  (3)
In the sole discretion of the Administrator based on factors applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

1.08.        PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE

  Service for purposes of vesting in Section 1.07(a) and (b) shall include service with the following employer(s):




- - 11 -

1.09.         UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY WITHDRAWALS

 
Participant withdrawals for unforeseeable emergency prior to termination of employment (check one; (b) must be selected if 1.06(b) has been selected):

  (a)
will be allowed in accordance with Section 7.07, subject to a $1,000) minimum amount. (Must beat least $1,000)

  (b)
will not be allowed

1.10.        DISTRIBUTIONS

 
Subject to Articles 7 and 8 distributions under the Plan are always available as a lump sum. Check below to allow distributions in installment payments:

 
under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) not to exceed 10 years.

1.11.        INVESTMENT DECISIONS

  (a)
Investments Directions

Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed (check one):

  (1)
by the Employer among the options listed in (b) below.

  (2)
by each Participant among the options listed in (b) below.

  (3)
in accordance with investment directions provided by each Participant for all contribution sources in a Participant's Account except the following sources shall be invested as directed by the Employer (check (A) and/or (B)):

  (A)
Nonelective Employer Contributions

  (B)
Matching Employer Contributions

 
The Employer must direct the applicable sources among the same investment options made available for Participant directed sources listed in the Service Agreement.

  (b)
Plan Investment Options

Participant Accounts will be treated as invested among the Investment Funds listed in the Service Agreement from time to time pursuant to Participant and/or Employer directions, as applicable.




- - 12 -

  Note:
The-method and frequency for change of investments will be determined under the rules applicable to the selected funds, Information will be provided regarding expenses, if any, for changes in investment options.

1.12.        CHANGE IN CONTROL

 
If Section 1.06(c) is selected, then, pursuant to Section 7.08 and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Account Balances of all Participants shall then become immediately nonforfeitable and shall become payable to the Participants as sown as practicable upon a change in the control of the Employer, as defined below:

For purposes of this Section 1.12, a "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:

(1) German American Bancorp becomes a party to an agreement of merger, consolidation or other reorganization (i) pursuant to which German American Bancorp will be merged or consolidated with another company (other than an Employer or the Related Employer), and German American Bancorp will not be the surviving or resulting corporation, or (ii) which will result in less than 51% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity being beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, by the former shareholders (determined immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization) of German American Bancorp;

(2) German American Bancorp becomes a party to an agreement providing for the sale or other disposition by German American Bancorp of all or substantially all of the assets of German American Bancorp to any individual, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, corporation, or other entity that is not a Related Employer;

(3) the acquisition by any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of an aggregate of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding common stock of German American Bancorp; or

(4) incumbent Directors cease to be a majority of German American Bancorp's Board.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, in no event shall the acquisition of shares of stock of German American Bancorp by an "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) sponsored by German American Bancorp or a Related Employer be considered a Change in Control.




- - 13 -

 
The following terms in the definition of "Change in Control" have the following meanings:

        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        "Incumbent Director" means a director serving on German American Bancorp's Board of Directors who (i) was a director on the effective date of this Plan or (ii) was later elected as a director (except a director whose initial assumption of office was in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, related to the election of directors) and whose appointment, election, or nomination for election was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the effective date of this plan or whose appointment, election, or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended.

 
Note:  Internal Revenue Code Section 280G could impose certain, adverse tax consequences on both Participants and the Employer as a result of the application of Section 11.12. The Employer should consult with its attorney prior to selecting to apply Section 1.06(c).

1.13.        RELIANCE ON PLAN

 
An adopting Employer may not rely solely on this Plan to ensure that the Plan is "unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees" with respect to the Employer's particular situation. This Agreement must be reviewed by the Employer's attorney before it is executed.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the CORPORATEplan for Retirement Executive Plan Basic Plan Document.




- - 14 -

EXECUTION PAGE
(Fidelity's Copy)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 17th day of August, 2004.


  Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder

Title  President/CEO



Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By  /s/ Lisa A. Matheis

Title  Vice President




- - 15 -

EXECUTION PAGE
(Employer's Copy)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 17th day of August, 2004.


  Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder

Title  President/CEO



Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By  /s/ Lisa A. Matheis

Title  Vice President




- - 16 -

Attachment A

Pursuant to Section 1.03(a), the following are the Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan:


  Employer  GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP

By  /s/ Mark A. Schroeder

Title  President/CEO

Date  August 17, 2004

Note:
The Employer must revise Attachment A to add Employees as they become eligible or delete Employees who are no longer eligible. Attachment A should be signed and dated every time a change is made.




- - 17 -

Attachment B

  (a)
The Participant's vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the following schedule:



  (b)
The Participant's vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the following schedule:





- - 18 -

EX-10 9 exhibit106.htm EXHIBIT 10.6 Exhibit 10.6 - First Amendment to NonQualified Savings Plan

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN


        German American Bancorp ("the Company"), as plan sponsor of the German American Bancorp Nonqualified Plan Savings Plan ("Plan"), hereby adopts the following First Amendment to the Plan:

        WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Plan, the Company has the right to amend or modify the Plan; and

        WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of September 1, 2004, as follows:

        1.        Section 1.06(a) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of the following paragraphs at the end thereof, to be and read as follows:

 
Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, as a condition of participating in the Plan, each Participant shall elect, at the time of initial participation in the Plan and on a form and within the timeframe provided by the Plan Administrator, (i) when amounts credited to the Participant's Account shall be distributed to the Participant by selecting either (A) the Participant's termination of employment with the Employer, or (B) any one of the events elected in Section 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan, or (C) the earliest to occur of any such events in (A) or (B), (ii) the timing of the distributions by selecting between the options designated in Section 1.06(a)(2), and (iii) the form of the distribution by selecting between a lump sum distribution and, to the extent allowed by Section 1.10 of the Adoption Agreement, installments.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 1.06(a) or any provision in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, and unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator to be inconsistent with applicable laws governing the Plan, each Participant may make a one-time election, at least 13 months prior to the date on which distributions under the Plan are first scheduled to commence, to further defer the commencement of the payout of the benefits and/or to change the timing and/or form of the payout of the benefits, by filing a written election form with the Plan Administrator (on a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator), such that the election is received by the Plan Administrator within such 13-month period. One time elections described in this paragraph that are received within fewer than 13 months prior to the date on which such distributions are first scheduled to commence or actually do commence shall be disregarded and shall be of no force or effect.
 

        2.        The first clause of Section 1.07(d) of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended to be and read as follows:

 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, a Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of ally of the following events:
 

        3.        The first clause of Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement to the Plan is hereby amended to be and read as follows:

 
If Section 1.06(c) is selected, then, pursuant to Section 7.08 and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Adoption Agreement to the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant's employment is terminated with all Employers for any reason other than death, resignation or retirement within the 24 month period beginning 12 months prior to a Change in Control, the vested Account Balance of each such Participant, to the extent not yet payable, shall then become payable to each such Participant as of the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month following the month on which the later of the following occurs: (i) such Participant's termination of employment with all Employers, or (ii) the effective date of the Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, such Participant may waive the acceleration of the payment of his or her vested Account Balance by electing in writing to waive application of this Section 1.12 (by filing such waiver with the Plan Administrator at least 12 months prior to the commencement of the acceleration of the payment). For example, if a Participant's employment is terminated by his Employer on July 1, 2005 and he had initially elected for his distributions to commence on his 65th birthday (in 2008) and if on January 1, 2006 a Change in Control occurs, the Participant's vested Account Balance would become payable beginning on February 1, 2007 unless, within 30 days after the change in control, the Participant elected (by filing a statement in writing with the Plan Administrator) to waive the acceleration of the commencement of his distributions.

For purposes of this Section 1.12, a "Change in Control" shall mean:
 

        4.        In all other respects the Plan shall remain unchanged.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed this 17th day of August, 2004.



  /s/  Mark A. Schroeder
Name


President/CEO
Title

EX-10 10 exhibit107.htm EXHIBIT 10.7 Employee Stock Option Agreement - Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:

        WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Stock Option Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, acting as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”),  to receive a Stock Option Award under the Plan;  

        NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:  

 
1.
Terms of Award.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 
The “Participant” is ______________.

 
The “Grant Date” is ___________.

 
The number of “Covered Shares” shall be ___ shares of Stock.

 
The “Stock” is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

 
The “Exercise Price” is $______ per share.

 
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.

 
2.
Award and Exercise Price.  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
3.
Exercise Period.  The Option is not immediately exercisable as to any of the Covered Shares.  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and of the Plan (including the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death, and the provisions of Section 5.03(g) of the Plan concerning the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised), the Option shall become exercisable with respect to 20% of the Covered Shares on each of the first five anniversary dates of the Grant Date, assuming continued employment and subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan. Accordingly, the Option shall be exercisable as to 100% of the Covered Shares for only one day, the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, which shall also be the Expiration Date as specified by paragraph 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable as to all Covered Shares under the circumstances specified by Article VIII of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII.

 
4.
Expiration.  The Option shall not be exercisable after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on [Fifth Anniversary of Date of Grant] (the “Expiration Date”).

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise.  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised (as to the number of Covered Shares as to which it is then exercisable) in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the President of the Company at its corporate headquarters on any business day during business hours prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock that the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 
6.
Funding of Exercise Price; Replacement Options.  Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds. All or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock that have been beneficially owned at least six months and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option (determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required.  In the event that the Participant tenders Stock in payment (in whole or in part) of the Exercise Price of Covered Shares that the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option, the Company shall issue to the Participant a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Replacement Option”) as the Option exercised (the “Exercised Option”) and with the same expiration date as the Exercised Option. Such Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price under the Exercised Option, and shall specify a new Exercise Price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise of the Exercised Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan. A Replacement Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the first anniversary of the date of exercise of the related Exercised Option and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock.  Replacement Options shall be issuable upon exercise of other Replacement Options granted under this paragraph if all conditions for such issuance are satisfied.

 
7.
Withholding.  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock that the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
8.
Transferability.  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
9.
Definitions.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
10.
Heirs and Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary,  and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.   If  a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.   If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
11.
Administration.  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
12.
Plan Governs.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
13.
Not An Employment Contract.  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
14.
Notices.  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
15.
Fractional Shares.  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
16.
No Rights As Shareholder.  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
17.
Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP



By:  


Mark A. Schroeder, President and
Chief Executive Officer


        I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200_, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

PARTICIPANT:



EX-10 11 exhibit108.htm EXHIBIT 10.8 Exhibit 10.8 - Employee Stock Option Agreement (Replacement Grant)

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Replacement Grant)


        THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:

        WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to the Plan and section 6 of the Employee Stock Option Agreement dated _________ (the “Exercised Stock Option Agreement”) between the Participant and the Company evidencing a prior grant of a stock option to the Participant, has agreed with the Participant that, in the event the Participant tenders the Company’s Common Shares to the Company in payment of some or all of the exercise price of the stock option evidenced by the Exercised Stock Option Agreement, the Company will grant to the Participant, in replacement of the tendered Common Shares, a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Replacement Option”) as the option exercised (the “Exercised Option”) and with the same expiration date as the Exercised Option, which Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the exercise price under the Exercised Option, and shall specify a new exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Shares on the date of exercise of the Exercised Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan; and

        WHEREAS, the Participant has as of the date of this Agreement tendered ____ Common Shares to the Company in payment of some or all of the exercise price payable in connection with the Participant’s exercise of the Exercised Option as of this date, and the Company has therefore determined that it is obligated to issue a Replacement Option to the Participant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, without the necessity for the exercise of any discretion or the taking of any other action by the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”);  

        NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:  

 
1.
Terms of Award.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 
The “Participant” is _________.

 
The “Grant Date” is _______________. 

 
The number of “Covered Shares” shall be [number of shares tendered in payment of the exercise price under the Exercised Stock Option Agreement] shares of Stock.

 
The “Stock” is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

 
The “Exercise Price” is $[fair market value on Grant Date] per share.

 
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined in the recital clauses to this Agreement or elsewhere in this Agreement.

 
2.
Award and Exercise Price.  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
3.
Exercise Period.  The Option is not immediately exercisable as to any of the Covered Shares.  Except as stated in the last sentence of this Section 3, this Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the date of the first anniversary of the Grant Date and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock. Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and of the Plan (including the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death, and the provisions of Section 5.03(g) of the Plan concerning the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised), the Option shall become exercisable with respect to 100% of the Covered Shares on the date of the first anniversary of the Grant Date, assuming continued employment and subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable as to all Covered Shares under the circumstances specified by Article VIII of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII.

 
4.
Expiration.  The Option shall not be exercisable after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on [expiration date of the Exercised Stock Option Agreement] (the “Expiration Date”).

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise.  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised (as to the number of Covered Shares as to which it is then exercisable) in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the President of the Company at its corporate headquarters on any business day during business hours prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock that the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 
6.
Funding of Exercise Price; Replacement Options.  Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds. All or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock that have been beneficially owned at least six months and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option (determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required.  In the event that the Participant tenders Stock in payment (in whole or in part) of the Exercise Price of Covered Shares that the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option, the Company shall issue to the Participant a replacement option of the same type (incentive stock option or other) (a “Subsequent Replacement Option”) as the Option (the determination of type of option to be made at the time that it is exercised) and with the same expiration date as the Option. Such Subsequent Replacement Option shall entitle the Participant to purchase a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price under the Option, and shall specify a new Exercise Price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise of the Option, determined in accordance with Section 11.01(m) of the Plan. The Subsequent Replacement Option shall not be exercisable during the period ending at the close of business of the day preceding the first anniversary of the date of exercise of the Option and shall never become exercisable and shall be cancelled if, during such period, the Participant sells any Stock of the Company other than in payment of the exercise price of another option granted to the Participant by the Company, or pursuant to a corporate transaction in which all holders of Stock are obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of their Stock.  Subsequent Replacement Options shall be issuable upon exercise of any Subsequent Replacement Option granted under this paragraph if all conditions for such issuance are satisfied.

 
7.
Withholding.  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock that the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
8.
Transferability.  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
9.
Definitions.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
10.
Heirs and Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary,  and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.   If  a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.   If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
11.
Administration.  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
12.
Plan Governs.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
13.
Not An Employment Contract.  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
14.
Notices.  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
15.
Fractional Shares.  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
16.
No Rights As Shareholder.  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
17.
Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date. 


GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP


By:  


Mark A. Schroeder, President and
Chief Executive Officer

        I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200_, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

PARTICIPANT:



EX-10 12 exhibit109.htm EXHIBIT 10.9 Exhibit 10.9 - Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:

        WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, acting in respect of this grant as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”), to receive a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award under the Plan;

        NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 
1.
Terms of Award.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 
The “Participant” is __________

 
The “Grant Date” is ________.

 
The number of “Covered Shares” shall be _______ shares of Stock.

 
The “Stock”is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

 
The “Exercise Price” is $______ per share.

 
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.

 
2.
Award and Exercise Price.  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Internal Revenue Code Section 422.

 
3.
Exercise Period.  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and to the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised under Section 5.03(g) of the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable immediately as to all Covered Shares. The Option shall remain fully exercisable until the date specified by paragraph 4, regardless of any termination of the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary, whether caused by retirement, disability, death or otherwise, and the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would otherwise limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death are expressly overruled by the Committee in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan to terminate the Option in the event of termination of the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary on account of the Participant’s deliberate, willful or gross misconduct.

 
4.
Expiration.  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise.  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election. Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds acceptable to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at or before the time that the Option is exercised, all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required. The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations. In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 
6.
Withholding.  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
7.
Transferability.  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
8.
Definitions.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
9.
Heirs and Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
10.
Administration.  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
11.
Plan Governs.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
12.
Not An Employment Contract.  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
13.
Notices.  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
14.
Fractional Shares.  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
15.
No Rights As Shareholder.  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
16.
Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.


GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP



By:  


Mark A. Schroeder
President & CEO



        I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200__, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.


PARTICIPANT:




EX-10 13 exhibit1010.htm EXHIBIT 10.10 Exhibit 10.10 - Employee Director Stock Option Agreement

EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP (the “Company”), WITNESSETH THAT:

        WHEREAS, the Company maintains the German American Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Company’s Board of Directors, acting in respect of this grant as the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”), to receive a Stock Option Award under the Plan;

        NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 
1.
Terms of Award.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 
The “Participant” is __________.

 
The “Grant Date” is ________.

 
The number of “Covered Shares” shall be _____ shares of Stock.

 
The “Stock”is the Company’s Common Shares, no par value.

 
The “Exercise Price” is $____ per share.

 
Other terms used in this Agreement are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.

 
2.
Award and Exercise Price.  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Plan. The Option is intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Code section 422 to the maximum extent permissible thereunder.

 
3.
Exercise Period.  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and to the Committee’s rights to cancel the Option prior to its being exercised under Section 5.03(g) of the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable immediately as to all Covered Shares. The Option shall remain fully exercisable until the date specified by paragraph 4, subject to the provisions of Article VII of the Plan that would limit the period of exercisability in the event of termination, retirement, disability and death.

 
4.
Expiration.  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

 
5.
Method of Option Exercise.  Subject to the Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Chairman of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election. Cash payments shall be made in immediately available funds acceptable to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at or before the time that the Option is exercised, all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required. The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules or regulations. In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 
6.
Withholding.  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, withholding obligations as to each Option exercise may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns or through the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock that the Participant is purchasing as part of the Option exercise.

 
7.
Transferability.  The Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 
8.
Definitions.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 
9.
Heirs and Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary but the Designated Beneficiary dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 
10.
Administration.  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 
11.
Plan Governs.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 
12.
Not An Employment Contract.  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 
13.
Notices.  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailed but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 
14.
Fractional Shares.  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 
15.
No Rights As Shareholder.  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 
16.
Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by written Agreement of the Participant and the Company, without the consent of any other person.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed this Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.


GERMAN AMERICAN BANCORP



BY:




        I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus of the Company dated February 13, 2002, related to the Plan, Supplement No. 1 to the Prospectus dated February 13, 2002, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (without exhibits) for the year ended December 31, 200__, and I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

PARTICIPANT:




EX-10 14 exhibit1011.htm EXHIBIT 10.11 Exhibit 10.11

EXHIBIT 10.11

Description of Director Compensation Arrangements
for 12 Month Period Ending at 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders


German American Bancorp (the "Corporation") compensates its directors for their service to the Corporation and the Corporation's subsidiary banks through annual retainers paid in cash and stock options (which are earned regardless of the number of meetings held or attended, and regardless of committee membership or attendance) and attendance fees (paid for meetings attended). In payment of the annual retainers for the year that commenced at the annual organization meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") in 2004, the Corporation (a) awarded each of its directors, including Mark A. Schroeder, an option to purchase 1,000 Common Shares exercisable for ten years at an exercise price of $16.26 per share, which was not less than the market value of the stock at the date of grant, and (b) paid each of its directors, including Mr. Schroeder, a cash payment of $13,500. The Corporation paid the three directors who were appointed in September 2004 a pro rata portion of the annual cash retainer payment based on the number of months remaining until the 2005 annual organization meeting of the Board, but did not award them any stock option for their service during the partial year. Directors are paid an additional $500 for each meeting of the Board that they attend.

All of the members of the Board (except Mr. Bawel and Mr. Klem) served on the board of directors of at least one of the subsidiary banks during 2004, as will be disclosed in the Corporation's proxy statement for its annual meeting of shareholders to be held in April 2005 under "Subsidiary Board Memberships." Each of such directors (other than Mr. Schroeder, who as a salaried employee of the Corporation was ineligible) received additional compensation for his service to such subsidiaries during 2004 in the form of fees for meetings actually attended of $500. Mrs. Ernst received additional compensation for her services to First American Bank during 2004 prior to her joining the Corporation's Board on the same basis as other directors of First American Bank (who were not also directors of the Corporation) were compensated. Following Mrs. Ernst's joining the Board of the Corporation in September 2004, First American Bank paid her only the Board meeting fee described above for her services to First American Bank.

EX-10 15 exhibit1012.htm EXHIBIT 10.12 Exhibit 10.12

EXHIBIT 10.12

Description of Executive Management Incentive Plan for 2004 (awards payable in 2005)


        During 2004, German American Bancorp (the “Corporation”) continued to maintain an Executive Management Incentive Plan for certain key officers, including the executive officers who will be named in the Summary Compensation Table that will be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 28, 2005 (the “2005 Proxy Statement”). Under this Plan, the Corporation pays additional compensation in the form of annual cash incentive awards and option grants, contingent upon the achievement of certain goals. The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation assigns each officer a “scorecard” under the Plan, which establishes specific corporate and shareholder-related performance goals balanced by the officer’s area of responsibility, his or her business unit, and his or her expected individual level of contribution to the Corporation’s achievement of its corporate goals. Cash incentive payments that are authorized to be paid to eligible executive officers under the Executive Management Incentive Plan are payable in quarterly installments during the year following the year in which the services were performed, and are contingent only upon such executive officer’s continued employment with the Corporation through the date of payment of each quarterly installment.

Cash Incentive Awards

        In the first quarter of 2005, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Human Resources Committee, determined the cash incentive award amounts payable in 2005 to the executive officers, including the CEO, for their services during 2004, and such amounts will be included in the 2004 information in the Summary Compensation Table included in the 2005 Proxy Statement. The Human Resources Committee’s recommendations were based on the Human Resources Committee’s assessment of the degree to which the corporate and personal goals established by the 2004 scorecards of the executive officers were achieved. According to the CEO’s 2004 scorecard, the CEO’s targeted cash incentive payment was equal to 50% of his 2004 base salary (representing a targeted cash payment of $112,500), and could have been more or less depending upon the extent to which the Human Resources Committee determined that the targeted criteria were exceeded or not satisfied in whole or in part. Under the scorecard, 75% of the targeted cash incentive payment was to be determined by the Corporation’s 2004 performance as measured against certain corporate financial targets (relating to return on equity, revenue growth and earnings per share growth), and the remaining 25% was to be determined in the discretion of the Human Resources Committee in view of the CEO’s overall performance, without necessarily referring to any objective performance measure. The Corporation did not achieve the level of financial performance required for payout under the financial formula portion of the CEO’s scorecard in 2004. The Human Resources Committee, based on its determination that the CEO’s personal performance merited payment under the discretionary portion of the targeted cash incentive payment, recommended to the Board that the CEO’s 2004 incentive cash award be fixed at 31% of the targeted amount (resulting in a incentive cash award of $35,213).

        Also in the first quarter of 2005, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Human Resources Committee, approved the payment to other executive officers of cash incentive payments based on the discretionary portion of the targeted cash incentive payments established by their respective 2004 scorecards. The Corporation did not achieve the level of consolidated company financial performance required for payout under the financial formula portion of the scorecards of executive officers in 2004.

Stock Option Awards

        The Corporation’s 1999 Long Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) provides for the award of incentive and non-qualified stock options and other equity-based awards. The purpose of granting options is to provide long-term incentive compensation to complement the short-term focus of annual cash incentive awards. The exercise price of these stock options is fixed at a price that is equal to or more than the estimated fair market value of a Common Share of the Corporation on the date of grant. The Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors administers the 1999 Plan and the Corporation’s prior stock option plan.

        As part of its duties under the 1999 Plan, the Stock Option Committee considers and approves the grants of new stock options that are earned annually by executive officers under the terms of the Executive Management Incentive Plan. The numbers of shares covered by the new stock option grants awarded each year under the Executive Management Incentive Plan are determined pursuant to the prior year’s scorecards. Scorecard target amounts of stock options are established by the Stock Option Committee based upon the executive officer’s level of responsibility, and are earned in proportion to the extent to which the Corporation has achieved certain corporate financial targets (relating to return on equity, revenue growth, and earnings per share growth) on an average basis over the three-year period ending in the year for which the scorecard is established. The Stock Option Committee does not vary the number of shares covered by any grant of options to an executive officer that are earned pursuant to the scorecard corporate financial targets established under the Executive Management Incentive Plan based on discretionary factors. New stock option grants made under the Executive Management Incentive Plan terminate on the fifth anniversary of date of grant and become exercisable (subject to continued employment and usual and customary acceleration and forfeiture provisions) in 20 percent increments on each of the five anniversaries of the date of grant.

        Employees and others who hold options that have been granted under the 1999 Plan and the Corporation’s prior stock option plan (including the executive officers of the Corporation) are automatically entitled by the terms of their original options, without the exercise of any discretion by the Stock Option Committee, to receive “replacement options” if and to the extent that they tender Common Shares of the Corporation in payment of the exercise price of the original options. For a more detailed description of the Corporation’s replacement option program, see note 1 to the table headed “Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year” (the “Option Grant Table”) that will be included in the Corporation’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

        During 2004, the Stock Option Committee granted new options to each of the Corporation’s executive officers under the Executive Management Incentive Plan, based on the extent to which the scorecard financial targets of the Corporation for the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 were met. Details regarding these 2004 grants (and additional grants of replacement options made during 2004) will be included in the table headed “Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year” that will be included in the Corporation’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

EX-21 16 exhibit21.htm EXHIBIT 21 Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
(AS OF MARCH 15, 2005)


NAME STATE OF
INCORPORATION

The German American Bank Indiana
GAB Investment Company, Inc. Nevada
GAB Investment Center, Inc. Nevada
GAB Investments, LLC Nevada
First American Bank Indiana
First Title Insurance Company Indiana
FAB Investment Company, Inc. Nevada
FAB Investment Center, Inc. Nevada
FAB Investments of Nevada, LLC Nevada
First State Bank, Southwest Indiana Indiana
German American Reinsurance Company, Ltd. Turks and Caicos Islands
GAB Mortgage Corp Indiana
German American Holdings Corporation Indiana
Financial Services of Southern Indiana, Inc. Indiana
Citizens State Bank Indiana
CSB Investment Company, Inc. Nevada
CSB Investment Center, Inc. Nevada
CSB Investments, LLC Nevada
Peoples Bank Indiana
Peoples Investment Center Indiana
PB Investment Company, Inc. Nevada
PB Investment Center, Inc. Nevada
PB Investments of Nevada, LLC Nevada
German American Financial Advisors & Trust Company Indiana
German American Insurance, Inc. Indiana










Exhibit 21

EX-23 17 exhibit23.htm EXHIBIT 23 Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of German American Bancorp on Form S-3 (File No. 333-35650) and Form S-8 (File No. 333-80605) of our report, dated February 28, 2005, on the consolidated financial statements of German American Bancorp as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, which report is included in the annual report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2004.

/s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC  
Crowe Chizek and Company LLC        

March 15, 2005
Indianapolis, Indiana











Exhibit 23

EX-24 18 exhibit24.htm EXHIBIT 24 Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned Directors of German American Bancorp, an Indiana corporation, hereby constitute and appoint Mark A. Schroeder as attorney-in-fact in their name, place and stead to execute any amendment to German American Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, in their capacity as Director and hereby ratify all that said attorney-in-fact may do by virtue thereof.

Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Douglas A. Bawel
Douglas A. Bawel, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/David G. Buehler
David G. Buehler, Director


Date:    March 9, 2005 By/s/Christina M. Ernst
Christina M. Ernst, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/William R. Hoffman
William R. Hoffman, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/U. Butch Klem
U. Butch Klem, Director


Date:    March 9, 2005 By/s/J. David Lett
J. David Lett, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Gene C. Mehne
Gene C. Mehne, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Robert L. Ruckriegel
Robert L. Ruckriegel, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Larry J. Seger
Larry J. Seger, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Joseph F. Steurer
Joseph F. Steurer, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/C.L. Thompson
C.L. Thompson, Director


Date:    March 15, 2005 By/s/Michael J. Voyles
Michael J. Voyles, Director

Exhibit 24

EX-31 19 exhibit311.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 Exhibit 31.1

Exhibit 31.1


Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer

I, Mark A. Schroeder, President and Chief Executive Officer of German American Bancorp, certify that:

  1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp (the “registrant”):

  2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

  3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

  4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) [clause omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986] for the registrant and have:

 
a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)     [paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986];

 
c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

  5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



March 15, 2005


Date


By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
Mark A. Schroeder
President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31 20 exhibit312.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 Exhibit 31.2

Exhibit 31.2


Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 302 Certification for Senior Vice President (Principal Financial Officer)


I, Bradley M. Rust, Senior Vice President (principal financial officer) of German American Bancorp, certify that:

  1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of German American Bancorp (the “registrant”):

  2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

  3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

  4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) [clause omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986] for the registrant and have:

 
a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)     [paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986];

 
c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

  5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


March 15, 2005


Date


By/s/Bradley M. Rust
Bradley M. Rust
Principal Financial Officer

EX-32 21 exhibit321.htm EXHIBIT 32.1 Exhibit 32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for President and Chief Executive Officer


I, Mark A. Schroeder, President and Chief Executive Officer of German American Bancorp, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

  (1)
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Periodic Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

  (2)
information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of German American Bancorp.

This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Periodic Report.


March 15, 2005


Date


By/s/Mark A. Schroeder
Mark A. Schroeder
President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32 22 exhibit322.htm EXHIBIT 32.2 Exhibit 32.2

Exhibit 32.2


Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 906 Certification for Senior Vice President (Principal Financial Officer)


I, Bradley M. Rust, Senior Vice President (principal financial officer) of German American Bancorp, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

  (1)
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Periodic Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

  (2)
information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of German American Bancorp.

This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Periodic Report.


March 15, 2005


Date


By/s/Bradley M. Rust
Bradley M. Rust
Principal Financial Officer

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----